1 /* X Communication module for terminals which understand the X protocol.
2 Copyright (C) 1989, 1993, 1994, 1995, 1996, 1997, 1998, 1999, 2000, 2001,
3 2002, 2003, 2004, 2005, 2006, 2007, 2008
4 Free Software Foundation, Inc.
6 This file is part of GNU Emacs.
8 GNU Emacs is free software: you can redistribute it and/or modify
9 it under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by
10 the Free Software Foundation, either version 3 of the License, or
11 (at your option) any later version.
13 GNU Emacs is distributed in the hope that it will be useful,
14 but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of
15 MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the
16 GNU General Public License for more details.
18 You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License
19 along with GNU Emacs. If not, see <http://www.gnu.org/licenses/>. */
21 /* New display code by Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>. */
22 /* Xt features made by Fred Pierresteguy. */
26 /* On 4.3 these lose if they come after xterm.h. */
27 /* Putting these at the beginning seems to be standard for other .c files. */
35 #include "blockinput.h"
37 /* Need syssignal.h for various externs and definitions that may be required
38 by some configurations for calls to signal later in this source file. */
39 #include "syssignal.h"
41 /* This may include sys/types.h, and that somehow loses
42 if this is not done before the other system files. */
44 #include <X11/cursorfont.h>
46 /* Load sys/types.h if not already loaded.
47 In some systems loading it twice is suicidal. */
49 #include <sys/types.h>
53 #include <sys/ioctl.h>
54 #endif /* ! defined (BSD_SYSTEM) */
58 #ifndef INCLUDED_FCNTL
65 /* Caused redefinition of DBL_DIG on Netbsd; seems not to be needed. */
66 /* #include <sys/param.h> */
69 #include "character.h"
72 #include "dispextern.h"
74 #include "termhooks.h"
77 #include "emacs-icon.h"
82 #include "intervals.h"
90 #include <X11/Shell.h>
93 #ifdef HAVE_SYS_TIME_H
105 extern int xlwmenu_window_p
P_ ((Widget w
, Window window
));
106 extern void xlwmenu_redisplay
P_ ((Widget
));
109 #if defined (USE_X_TOOLKIT) || defined (USE_GTK)
111 extern void free_frame_menubar
P_ ((struct frame
*));
112 extern struct frame
*x_menubar_window_to_frame
P_ ((struct x_display_info
*,
117 #if (XtSpecificationRelease >= 5) && !defined(NO_EDITRES)
119 extern void _XEditResCheckMessages ();
120 #endif /* not NO_EDITRES */
122 /* Include toolkit specific headers for the scroll bar widget. */
124 #ifdef USE_TOOLKIT_SCROLL_BARS
125 #if defined USE_MOTIF
126 #include <Xm/Xm.h> /* for LESSTIF_VERSION */
127 #include <Xm/ScrollBar.h>
128 #else /* !USE_MOTIF i.e. use Xaw */
131 #include <X11/Xaw3d/Simple.h>
132 #include <X11/Xaw3d/Scrollbar.h>
133 #include <X11/Xaw3d/ThreeD.h>
134 #else /* !HAVE_XAW3D */
135 #include <X11/Xaw/Simple.h>
136 #include <X11/Xaw/Scrollbar.h>
137 #endif /* !HAVE_XAW3D */
139 #define XtNpickTop "pickTop"
140 #endif /* !XtNpickTop */
141 #endif /* !USE_MOTIF */
142 #endif /* USE_TOOLKIT_SCROLL_BARS */
144 #endif /* USE_X_TOOLKIT */
146 #if ! defined (USE_X_TOOLKIT) && ! defined (USE_GTK)
147 #define x_any_window_to_frame x_window_to_frame
148 #define x_top_window_to_frame x_window_to_frame
153 #ifndef XtNinitialState
154 #define XtNinitialState "initialState"
158 /* Default to using XIM if available. */
162 int use_xim
= 0; /* configure --without-xim */
167 /* Non-nil means Emacs uses toolkit scroll bars. */
169 Lisp_Object Vx_toolkit_scroll_bars
;
171 /* Non-zero means that a HELP_EVENT has been generated since Emacs
174 static int any_help_event_p
;
176 /* Last window where we saw the mouse. Used by mouse-autoselect-window. */
177 static Lisp_Object last_window
;
179 /* Non-zero means make use of UNDERLINE_POSITION font properties. */
181 int x_use_underline_position_properties
;
183 /* Non-zero means to draw the underline at the same place as the descent line. */
185 int x_underline_at_descent_line
;
187 /* This is a chain of structures for all the X displays currently in
190 struct x_display_info
*x_display_list
;
192 /* This is a list of cons cells, each of the form (NAME
193 . FONT-LIST-CACHE), one for each element of x_display_list and in
194 the same order. NAME is the name of the frame. FONT-LIST-CACHE
195 records previous values returned by x-list-fonts. */
197 Lisp_Object x_display_name_list
;
199 /* Frame being updated by update_frame. This is declared in term.c.
200 This is set by update_begin and looked at by all the XT functions.
201 It is zero while not inside an update. In that case, the XT
202 functions assume that `selected_frame' is the frame to apply to. */
204 extern struct frame
*updating_frame
;
206 /* This is a frame waiting to be auto-raised, within XTread_socket. */
208 struct frame
*pending_autoraise_frame
;
211 /* The application context for Xt use. */
212 XtAppContext Xt_app_con
;
213 static String Xt_default_resources
[] = {0};
214 #endif /* USE_X_TOOLKIT */
216 /* Non-zero means user is interacting with a toolkit scroll bar. */
218 static int toolkit_scroll_bar_interaction
;
220 /* Non-zero means to not move point as a result of clicking on a
221 frame to focus it (when focus-follows-mouse is nil). */
223 int x_mouse_click_focus_ignore_position
;
225 /* Non-zero timeout value means ignore next mouse click if it arrives
226 before that timeout elapses (i.e. as part of the same sequence of
227 events resulting from clicking on a frame to select it). */
229 static unsigned long ignore_next_mouse_click_timeout
;
233 Formerly, we used PointerMotionHintMask (in standard_event_mask)
234 so that we would have to call XQueryPointer after each MotionNotify
235 event to ask for another such event. However, this made mouse tracking
236 slow, and there was a bug that made it eventually stop.
238 Simply asking for MotionNotify all the time seems to work better.
240 In order to avoid asking for motion events and then throwing most
241 of them away or busy-polling the server for mouse positions, we ask
242 the server for pointer motion hints. This means that we get only
243 one event per group of mouse movements. "Groups" are delimited by
244 other kinds of events (focus changes and button clicks, for
245 example), or by XQueryPointer calls; when one of these happens, we
246 get another MotionNotify event the next time the mouse moves. This
247 is at least as efficient as getting motion events when mouse
248 tracking is on, and I suspect only negligibly worse when tracking
251 /* Where the mouse was last time we reported a mouse event. */
253 static XRectangle last_mouse_glyph
;
254 static FRAME_PTR last_mouse_glyph_frame
;
255 static Lisp_Object last_mouse_press_frame
;
257 /* The scroll bar in which the last X motion event occurred.
259 If the last X motion event occurred in a scroll bar, we set this so
260 XTmouse_position can know whether to report a scroll bar motion or
263 If the last X motion event didn't occur in a scroll bar, we set
264 this to Qnil, to tell XTmouse_position to return an ordinary motion
267 static Lisp_Object last_mouse_scroll_bar
;
269 /* This is a hack. We would really prefer that XTmouse_position would
270 return the time associated with the position it returns, but there
271 doesn't seem to be any way to wrest the time-stamp from the server
272 along with the position query. So, we just keep track of the time
273 of the last movement we received, and return that in hopes that
274 it's somewhat accurate. */
276 static Time last_mouse_movement_time
;
278 /* Time for last user interaction as returned in X events. */
280 static Time last_user_time
;
282 /* Incremented by XTread_socket whenever it really tries to read
286 static int volatile input_signal_count
;
288 static int input_signal_count
;
291 /* Used locally within XTread_socket. */
293 static int x_noop_count
;
295 /* Initial values of argv and argc. */
297 extern char **initial_argv
;
298 extern int initial_argc
;
300 extern Lisp_Object Vcommand_line_args
, Vsystem_name
;
302 /* Tells if a window manager is present or not. */
304 extern Lisp_Object Vx_no_window_manager
;
306 extern Lisp_Object Qeql
;
310 /* A mask of extra modifier bits to put into every keyboard char. */
312 extern EMACS_INT extra_keyboard_modifiers
;
314 /* The keysyms to use for the various modifiers. */
316 Lisp_Object Vx_alt_keysym
, Vx_hyper_keysym
, Vx_meta_keysym
, Vx_super_keysym
;
317 Lisp_Object Vx_keysym_table
;
318 static Lisp_Object Qalt
, Qhyper
, Qmeta
, Qsuper
, Qmodifier_value
;
320 static Lisp_Object Qvendor_specific_keysyms
;
321 static Lisp_Object Qlatin_1
;
323 /* Used in x_flush. */
325 extern Lisp_Object Vinhibit_redisplay
;
327 extern XrmDatabase x_load_resources
P_ ((Display
*, char *, char *, char *));
328 extern int x_bitmap_mask
P_ ((FRAME_PTR
, int));
330 static int x_alloc_nearest_color_1
P_ ((Display
*, Colormap
, XColor
*));
331 static void x_set_window_size_1
P_ ((struct frame
*, int, int, int));
332 static const XColor
*x_color_cells
P_ ((Display
*, int *));
333 static void x_update_window_end
P_ ((struct window
*, int, int));
335 static int x_io_error_quitter
P_ ((Display
*));
336 static struct terminal
*x_create_terminal
P_ ((struct x_display_info
*));
337 void x_delete_terminal
P_ ((struct terminal
*));
338 static void x_update_end
P_ ((struct frame
*));
339 static void XTframe_up_to_date
P_ ((struct frame
*));
340 static void XTset_terminal_modes
P_ ((struct terminal
*));
341 static void XTreset_terminal_modes
P_ ((struct terminal
*));
342 static void x_clear_frame
P_ ((struct frame
*));
343 static void frame_highlight
P_ ((struct frame
*));
344 static void frame_unhighlight
P_ ((struct frame
*));
345 static void x_new_focus_frame
P_ ((struct x_display_info
*, struct frame
*));
346 static void x_focus_changed
P_ ((int, int, struct x_display_info
*,
347 struct frame
*, struct input_event
*));
348 static void x_detect_focus_change
P_ ((struct x_display_info
*,
349 XEvent
*, struct input_event
*));
350 static void XTframe_rehighlight
P_ ((struct frame
*));
351 static void x_frame_rehighlight
P_ ((struct x_display_info
*));
352 static void x_draw_hollow_cursor
P_ ((struct window
*, struct glyph_row
*));
353 static void x_draw_bar_cursor
P_ ((struct window
*, struct glyph_row
*, int,
354 enum text_cursor_kinds
));
356 static void x_clip_to_row
P_ ((struct window
*, struct glyph_row
*, int, GC
));
357 static void x_flush
P_ ((struct frame
*f
));
358 static void x_update_begin
P_ ((struct frame
*));
359 static void x_update_window_begin
P_ ((struct window
*));
360 static void x_after_update_window_line
P_ ((struct glyph_row
*));
361 static struct scroll_bar
*x_window_to_scroll_bar
P_ ((Display
*, Window
));
362 static void x_scroll_bar_report_motion
P_ ((struct frame
**, Lisp_Object
*,
363 enum scroll_bar_part
*,
364 Lisp_Object
*, Lisp_Object
*,
366 static void x_check_fullscreen
P_ ((struct frame
*));
367 static void x_check_expected_move
P_ ((struct frame
*, int, int));
368 static void x_sync_with_move
P_ ((struct frame
*, int, int, int));
369 static int handle_one_xevent
P_ ((struct x_display_info
*, XEvent
*,
370 int *, struct input_event
*));
371 /* Don't declare this NO_RETURN because we want no
372 interference with debugging failing X calls. */
373 static SIGTYPE x_connection_closed
P_ ((Display
*, char *));
376 /* Flush display of frame F, or of all frames if F is null. */
382 /* Don't call XFlush when it is not safe to redisplay; the X
383 connection may be broken. */
384 if (!NILP (Vinhibit_redisplay
))
390 Lisp_Object rest
, frame
;
391 FOR_EACH_FRAME (rest
, frame
)
392 if (FRAME_X_P (XFRAME (frame
)))
393 x_flush (XFRAME (frame
));
395 else if (FRAME_X_P (f
))
396 XFlush (FRAME_X_DISPLAY (f
));
401 /* Remove calls to XFlush by defining XFlush to an empty replacement.
402 Calls to XFlush should be unnecessary because the X output buffer
403 is flushed automatically as needed by calls to XPending,
404 XNextEvent, or XWindowEvent according to the XFlush man page.
405 XTread_socket calls XPending. Removing XFlush improves
408 #define XFlush(DISPLAY) (void) 0
411 /***********************************************************************
413 ***********************************************************************/
417 /* This is a function useful for recording debugging information about
418 the sequence of occurrences in this file. */
426 struct record event_record
[100];
428 int event_record_index
;
430 record_event (locus
, type
)
434 if (event_record_index
== sizeof (event_record
) / sizeof (struct record
))
435 event_record_index
= 0;
437 event_record
[event_record_index
].locus
= locus
;
438 event_record
[event_record_index
].type
= type
;
439 event_record_index
++;
446 /* Return the struct x_display_info corresponding to DPY. */
448 struct x_display_info
*
449 x_display_info_for_display (dpy
)
452 struct x_display_info
*dpyinfo
;
454 for (dpyinfo
= x_display_list
; dpyinfo
; dpyinfo
= dpyinfo
->next
)
455 if (dpyinfo
->display
== dpy
)
461 #define OPAQUE 0xffffffff
462 #define OPACITY "_NET_WM_WINDOW_OPACITY"
465 x_set_frame_alpha (f
)
468 struct x_display_info
*dpyinfo
= FRAME_X_DISPLAY_INFO (f
);
469 Display
*dpy
= FRAME_X_DISPLAY (f
);
470 Window win
= FRAME_OUTER_WINDOW (f
);
472 double alpha_min
= 1.0;
475 if (FRAME_X_DISPLAY_INFO (f
)->root_window
!= FRAME_X_OUTPUT (f
)->parent_desc
)
476 /* Since the WM decoration lies under the FRAME_OUTER_WINDOW,
477 we must treat the former instead of the latter. */
478 win
= FRAME_X_OUTPUT(f
)->parent_desc
;
480 if (dpyinfo
->x_highlight_frame
== f
)
485 if (FLOATP (Vframe_alpha_lower_limit
))
486 alpha_min
= XFLOAT_DATA (Vframe_alpha_lower_limit
);
487 else if (INTEGERP (Vframe_alpha_lower_limit
))
488 alpha_min
= (XINT (Vframe_alpha_lower_limit
)) / 100.0;
490 if (alpha
< 0.0 || 1.0 < alpha
)
492 else if (0.0 <= alpha
&& alpha
< alpha_min
&& alpha_min
<= 1.0)
495 opac
= alpha
* OPAQUE
;
497 /* return unless necessary */
502 unsigned long n
, left
;
504 x_catch_errors (dpy
);
505 rc
= XGetWindowProperty(dpy
, win
, XInternAtom(dpy
, OPACITY
, False
),
506 0L, 1L, False
, XA_CARDINAL
,
507 &actual
, &format
, &n
, &left
,
510 if (rc
== Success
&& actual
!= None
)
511 if (*(unsigned long *)data
== opac
)
513 XFree ((void *) data
);
518 XFree ((void *) data
);
522 x_catch_errors (dpy
);
523 XChangeProperty (dpy
, win
, XInternAtom (dpy
, OPACITY
, False
),
524 XA_CARDINAL
, 32, PropModeReplace
,
525 (unsigned char *) &opac
, 1L);
530 /***********************************************************************
531 Starting and ending an update
532 ***********************************************************************/
534 /* Start an update of frame F. This function is installed as a hook
535 for update_begin, i.e. it is called when update_begin is called.
536 This function is called prior to calls to x_update_window_begin for
537 each window being updated. Currently, there is nothing to do here
538 because all interesting stuff is done on a window basis. */
548 /* Start update of window W. Set the global variable updated_window
549 to the window being updated and set output_cursor to the cursor
553 x_update_window_begin (w
)
556 struct frame
*f
= XFRAME (WINDOW_FRAME (w
));
557 struct x_display_info
*display_info
= FRAME_X_DISPLAY_INFO (f
);
560 set_output_cursor (&w
->cursor
);
564 if (f
== display_info
->mouse_face_mouse_frame
)
566 /* Don't do highlighting for mouse motion during the update. */
567 display_info
->mouse_face_defer
= 1;
569 /* If F needs to be redrawn, simply forget about any prior mouse
571 if (FRAME_GARBAGED_P (f
))
572 display_info
->mouse_face_window
= Qnil
;
574 #if 0 /* Rows in a current matrix containing glyphs in mouse-face have
575 their mouse_face_p flag set, which means that they are always
576 unequal to rows in a desired matrix which never have that
577 flag set. So, rows containing mouse-face glyphs are never
578 scrolled, and we don't have to switch the mouse highlight off
579 here to prevent it from being scrolled. */
581 /* Can we tell that this update does not affect the window
582 where the mouse highlight is? If so, no need to turn off.
583 Likewise, don't do anything if the frame is garbaged;
584 in that case, the frame's current matrix that we would use
585 is all wrong, and we will redisplay that line anyway. */
586 if (!NILP (display_info
->mouse_face_window
)
587 && w
== XWINDOW (display_info
->mouse_face_window
))
591 for (i
= 0; i
< w
->desired_matrix
->nrows
; ++i
)
592 if (MATRIX_ROW_ENABLED_P (w
->desired_matrix
, i
))
595 if (i
< w
->desired_matrix
->nrows
)
596 clear_mouse_face (display_info
);
605 /* Draw a vertical window border from (x,y0) to (x,y1) */
608 x_draw_vertical_window_border (w
, x
, y0
, y1
)
612 struct frame
*f
= XFRAME (WINDOW_FRAME (w
));
615 face
= FACE_FROM_ID (f
, VERTICAL_BORDER_FACE_ID
);
617 XSetForeground (FRAME_X_DISPLAY (f
), f
->output_data
.x
->normal_gc
,
620 XDrawLine (FRAME_X_DISPLAY (f
), FRAME_X_WINDOW (f
),
621 f
->output_data
.x
->normal_gc
, x
, y0
, x
, y1
);
624 /* End update of window W (which is equal to updated_window).
626 Draw vertical borders between horizontally adjacent windows, and
627 display W's cursor if CURSOR_ON_P is non-zero.
629 MOUSE_FACE_OVERWRITTEN_P non-zero means that some row containing
630 glyphs in mouse-face were overwritten. In that case we have to
631 make sure that the mouse-highlight is properly redrawn.
633 W may be a menu bar pseudo-window in case we don't have X toolkit
634 support. Such windows don't have a cursor, so don't display it
638 x_update_window_end (w
, cursor_on_p
, mouse_face_overwritten_p
)
640 int cursor_on_p
, mouse_face_overwritten_p
;
642 struct x_display_info
*dpyinfo
= FRAME_X_DISPLAY_INFO (XFRAME (w
->frame
));
644 if (!w
->pseudo_window_p
)
649 display_and_set_cursor (w
, 1, output_cursor
.hpos
,
651 output_cursor
.x
, output_cursor
.y
);
653 if (draw_window_fringes (w
, 1))
654 x_draw_vertical_border (w
);
659 /* If a row with mouse-face was overwritten, arrange for
660 XTframe_up_to_date to redisplay the mouse highlight. */
661 if (mouse_face_overwritten_p
)
663 dpyinfo
->mouse_face_beg_row
= dpyinfo
->mouse_face_beg_col
= -1;
664 dpyinfo
->mouse_face_end_row
= dpyinfo
->mouse_face_end_col
= -1;
665 dpyinfo
->mouse_face_window
= Qnil
;
668 updated_window
= NULL
;
672 /* End update of frame F. This function is installed as a hook in
679 /* Mouse highlight may be displayed again. */
680 FRAME_X_DISPLAY_INFO (f
)->mouse_face_defer
= 0;
684 XFlush (FRAME_X_DISPLAY (f
));
690 /* This function is called from various places in xdisp.c whenever a
691 complete update has been performed. The global variable
692 updated_window is not available here. */
695 XTframe_up_to_date (f
)
700 struct x_display_info
*dpyinfo
= FRAME_X_DISPLAY_INFO (f
);
702 if (dpyinfo
->mouse_face_deferred_gc
703 || f
== dpyinfo
->mouse_face_mouse_frame
)
706 if (dpyinfo
->mouse_face_mouse_frame
)
707 note_mouse_highlight (dpyinfo
->mouse_face_mouse_frame
,
708 dpyinfo
->mouse_face_mouse_x
,
709 dpyinfo
->mouse_face_mouse_y
);
710 dpyinfo
->mouse_face_deferred_gc
= 0;
717 /* Draw truncation mark bitmaps, continuation mark bitmaps, overlay
718 arrow bitmaps, or clear the fringes if no bitmaps are required
719 before DESIRED_ROW is made current. The window being updated is
720 found in updated_window. This function It is called from
721 update_window_line only if it is known that there are differences
722 between bitmaps to be drawn between current row and DESIRED_ROW. */
725 x_after_update_window_line (desired_row
)
726 struct glyph_row
*desired_row
;
728 struct window
*w
= updated_window
;
734 if (!desired_row
->mode_line_p
&& !w
->pseudo_window_p
)
735 desired_row
->redraw_fringe_bitmaps_p
= 1;
737 /* When a window has disappeared, make sure that no rest of
738 full-width rows stays visible in the internal border. Could
739 check here if updated_window is the leftmost/rightmost window,
740 but I guess it's not worth doing since vertically split windows
741 are almost never used, internal border is rarely set, and the
742 overhead is very small. */
743 if (windows_or_buffers_changed
744 && desired_row
->full_width_p
745 && (f
= XFRAME (w
->frame
),
746 width
= FRAME_INTERNAL_BORDER_WIDTH (f
),
748 && (height
= desired_row
->visible_height
,
751 int y
= WINDOW_TO_FRAME_PIXEL_Y (w
, max (0, desired_row
->y
));
753 /* Internal border is drawn below the tool bar. */
754 if (WINDOWP (f
->tool_bar_window
)
755 && w
== XWINDOW (f
->tool_bar_window
))
759 x_clear_area (FRAME_X_DISPLAY (f
), FRAME_X_WINDOW (f
),
760 0, y
, width
, height
, False
);
761 x_clear_area (FRAME_X_DISPLAY (f
), FRAME_X_WINDOW (f
),
762 FRAME_PIXEL_WIDTH (f
) - width
,
763 y
, width
, height
, False
);
769 x_draw_fringe_bitmap (w
, row
, p
)
771 struct glyph_row
*row
;
772 struct draw_fringe_bitmap_params
*p
;
774 struct frame
*f
= XFRAME (WINDOW_FRAME (w
));
775 Display
*display
= FRAME_X_DISPLAY (f
);
776 Window window
= FRAME_X_WINDOW (f
);
777 GC gc
= f
->output_data
.x
->normal_gc
;
778 struct face
*face
= p
->face
;
781 /* Must clip because of partially visible lines. */
782 rowY
= WINDOW_TO_FRAME_PIXEL_Y (w
, row
->y
);
785 /* Adjust position of "bottom aligned" bitmap on partially
788 int oldVH
= row
->visible_height
;
789 row
->visible_height
= p
->h
;
790 row
->y
-= rowY
- p
->y
;
791 x_clip_to_row (w
, row
, -1, gc
);
793 row
->visible_height
= oldVH
;
796 x_clip_to_row (w
, row
, -1, gc
);
800 int bx
= p
->bx
, by
= p
->by
, nx
= p
->nx
, ny
= p
->ny
;
802 /* In case the same realized face is used for fringes and
803 for something displayed in the text (e.g. face `region' on
804 mono-displays, the fill style may have been changed to
805 FillSolid in x_draw_glyph_string_background. */
807 XSetFillStyle (display
, face
->gc
, FillOpaqueStippled
);
809 XSetForeground (display
, face
->gc
, face
->background
);
811 #ifdef USE_TOOLKIT_SCROLL_BARS
812 /* If the fringe is adjacent to the left (right) scroll bar of a
813 leftmost (rightmost, respectively) window, then extend its
814 background to the gap between the fringe and the bar. */
815 if ((WINDOW_LEFTMOST_P (w
)
816 && WINDOW_HAS_VERTICAL_SCROLL_BAR_ON_LEFT (w
))
817 || (WINDOW_RIGHTMOST_P (w
)
818 && WINDOW_HAS_VERTICAL_SCROLL_BAR_ON_RIGHT (w
)))
820 int sb_width
= WINDOW_CONFIG_SCROLL_BAR_WIDTH (w
);
824 int left
= WINDOW_SCROLL_BAR_AREA_X (w
);
825 int width
= (WINDOW_CONFIG_SCROLL_BAR_COLS (w
)
826 * FRAME_COLUMN_WIDTH (f
));
830 /* Bitmap fills the fringe. */
831 if (left
+ width
== p
->x
)
832 bx
= left
+ sb_width
;
833 else if (p
->x
+ p
->wd
== left
)
837 int header_line_height
= WINDOW_HEADER_LINE_HEIGHT (w
);
839 nx
= width
- sb_width
;
840 by
= WINDOW_TO_FRAME_PIXEL_Y (w
, max (header_line_height
,
842 ny
= row
->visible_height
;
847 if (left
+ width
== bx
)
849 bx
= left
+ sb_width
;
850 nx
+= width
- sb_width
;
852 else if (bx
+ nx
== left
)
853 nx
+= width
- sb_width
;
858 if (bx
>= 0 && nx
> 0)
859 XFillRectangle (display
, window
, face
->gc
, bx
, by
, nx
, ny
);
862 XSetForeground (display
, face
->gc
, face
->foreground
);
868 Pixmap pixmap
, clipmask
= (Pixmap
) 0;
869 int depth
= DefaultDepthOfScreen (FRAME_X_SCREEN (f
));
873 bits
= (unsigned char *)(p
->bits
+ p
->dh
);
875 bits
= (unsigned char *)p
->bits
+ p
->dh
;
877 /* Draw the bitmap. I believe these small pixmaps can be cached
879 pixmap
= XCreatePixmapFromBitmapData (display
, window
, bits
, p
->wd
, p
->h
,
881 ? (p
->overlay_p
? face
->background
882 : f
->output_data
.x
->cursor_pixel
)
884 face
->background
, depth
);
888 clipmask
= XCreatePixmapFromBitmapData (display
,
889 FRAME_X_DISPLAY_INFO (f
)->root_window
,
892 gcv
.clip_mask
= clipmask
;
893 gcv
.clip_x_origin
= p
->x
;
894 gcv
.clip_y_origin
= p
->y
;
895 XChangeGC (display
, gc
, GCClipMask
| GCClipXOrigin
| GCClipYOrigin
, &gcv
);
898 XCopyArea (display
, pixmap
, window
, gc
, 0, 0,
899 p
->wd
, p
->h
, p
->x
, p
->y
);
900 XFreePixmap (display
, pixmap
);
904 gcv
.clip_mask
= (Pixmap
) 0;
905 XChangeGC (display
, gc
, GCClipMask
, &gcv
);
906 XFreePixmap (display
, clipmask
);
910 XSetClipMask (display
, gc
, None
);
915 /* This is called when starting Emacs and when restarting after
916 suspend. When starting Emacs, no X window is mapped. And nothing
917 must be done to Emacs's own window if it is suspended (though that
921 XTset_terminal_modes (struct terminal
*terminal
)
925 /* This is called when exiting or suspending Emacs. Exiting will make
926 the X-windows go away, and suspending requires no action. */
929 XTreset_terminal_modes (struct terminal
*terminal
)
934 /***********************************************************************
936 ***********************************************************************/
940 static void x_set_glyph_string_clipping
P_ ((struct glyph_string
*));
941 static void x_set_glyph_string_gc
P_ ((struct glyph_string
*));
942 static void x_draw_glyph_string_background
P_ ((struct glyph_string
*,
944 static void x_draw_glyph_string_foreground
P_ ((struct glyph_string
*));
945 static void x_draw_composite_glyph_string_foreground
P_ ((struct glyph_string
*));
946 static void x_draw_glyph_string_box
P_ ((struct glyph_string
*));
947 static void x_draw_glyph_string
P_ ((struct glyph_string
*));
948 static void x_compute_glyph_string_overhangs
P_ ((struct glyph_string
*));
949 static void x_set_cursor_gc
P_ ((struct glyph_string
*));
950 static void x_set_mode_line_face_gc
P_ ((struct glyph_string
*));
951 static void x_set_mouse_face_gc
P_ ((struct glyph_string
*));
952 static int x_alloc_lighter_color
P_ ((struct frame
*, Display
*, Colormap
,
953 unsigned long *, double, int));
954 static void x_setup_relief_color
P_ ((struct frame
*, struct relief
*,
955 double, int, unsigned long));
956 static void x_setup_relief_colors
P_ ((struct glyph_string
*));
957 static void x_draw_image_glyph_string
P_ ((struct glyph_string
*));
958 static void x_draw_image_relief
P_ ((struct glyph_string
*));
959 static void x_draw_image_foreground
P_ ((struct glyph_string
*));
960 static void x_draw_image_foreground_1
P_ ((struct glyph_string
*, Pixmap
));
961 static void x_clear_glyph_string_rect
P_ ((struct glyph_string
*, int,
963 static void x_draw_relief_rect
P_ ((struct frame
*, int, int, int, int,
964 int, int, int, int, int, int,
966 static void x_draw_box_rect
P_ ((struct glyph_string
*, int, int, int, int,
967 int, int, int, XRectangle
*));
970 static void x_check_font
P_ ((struct frame
*, struct font
*));
974 /* Set S->gc to a suitable GC for drawing glyph string S in cursor
979 struct glyph_string
*s
;
981 if (s
->font
== FRAME_FONT (s
->f
)
982 && s
->face
->background
== FRAME_BACKGROUND_PIXEL (s
->f
)
983 && s
->face
->foreground
== FRAME_FOREGROUND_PIXEL (s
->f
)
985 s
->gc
= s
->f
->output_data
.x
->cursor_gc
;
988 /* Cursor on non-default face: must merge. */
992 xgcv
.background
= s
->f
->output_data
.x
->cursor_pixel
;
993 xgcv
.foreground
= s
->face
->background
;
995 /* If the glyph would be invisible, try a different foreground. */
996 if (xgcv
.foreground
== xgcv
.background
)
997 xgcv
.foreground
= s
->face
->foreground
;
998 if (xgcv
.foreground
== xgcv
.background
)
999 xgcv
.foreground
= s
->f
->output_data
.x
->cursor_foreground_pixel
;
1000 if (xgcv
.foreground
== xgcv
.background
)
1001 xgcv
.foreground
= s
->face
->foreground
;
1003 /* Make sure the cursor is distinct from text in this face. */
1004 if (xgcv
.background
== s
->face
->background
1005 && xgcv
.foreground
== s
->face
->foreground
)
1007 xgcv
.background
= s
->face
->foreground
;
1008 xgcv
.foreground
= s
->face
->background
;
1011 IF_DEBUG (x_check_font (s
->f
, s
->font
));
1012 xgcv
.graphics_exposures
= False
;
1013 mask
= GCForeground
| GCBackground
| GCGraphicsExposures
;
1015 if (FRAME_X_DISPLAY_INFO (s
->f
)->scratch_cursor_gc
)
1016 XChangeGC (s
->display
, FRAME_X_DISPLAY_INFO (s
->f
)->scratch_cursor_gc
,
1019 FRAME_X_DISPLAY_INFO (s
->f
)->scratch_cursor_gc
1020 = XCreateGC (s
->display
, s
->window
, mask
, &xgcv
);
1022 s
->gc
= FRAME_X_DISPLAY_INFO (s
->f
)->scratch_cursor_gc
;
1027 /* Set up S->gc of glyph string S for drawing text in mouse face. */
1030 x_set_mouse_face_gc (s
)
1031 struct glyph_string
*s
;
1036 /* What face has to be used last for the mouse face? */
1037 face_id
= FRAME_X_DISPLAY_INFO (s
->f
)->mouse_face_face_id
;
1038 face
= FACE_FROM_ID (s
->f
, face_id
);
1040 face
= FACE_FROM_ID (s
->f
, MOUSE_FACE_ID
);
1042 if (s
->first_glyph
->type
== CHAR_GLYPH
)
1043 face_id
= FACE_FOR_CHAR (s
->f
, face
, s
->first_glyph
->u
.ch
, -1, Qnil
);
1045 face_id
= FACE_FOR_CHAR (s
->f
, face
, 0, -1, Qnil
);
1046 s
->face
= FACE_FROM_ID (s
->f
, face_id
);
1047 PREPARE_FACE_FOR_DISPLAY (s
->f
, s
->face
);
1049 if (s
->font
== s
->face
->font
)
1050 s
->gc
= s
->face
->gc
;
1053 /* Otherwise construct scratch_cursor_gc with values from FACE
1058 xgcv
.background
= s
->face
->background
;
1059 xgcv
.foreground
= s
->face
->foreground
;
1060 xgcv
.graphics_exposures
= False
;
1061 mask
= GCForeground
| GCBackground
| GCGraphicsExposures
;
1063 if (FRAME_X_DISPLAY_INFO (s
->f
)->scratch_cursor_gc
)
1064 XChangeGC (s
->display
, FRAME_X_DISPLAY_INFO (s
->f
)->scratch_cursor_gc
,
1067 FRAME_X_DISPLAY_INFO (s
->f
)->scratch_cursor_gc
1068 = XCreateGC (s
->display
, s
->window
, mask
, &xgcv
);
1070 s
->gc
= FRAME_X_DISPLAY_INFO (s
->f
)->scratch_cursor_gc
;
1073 xassert (s
->gc
!= 0);
1077 /* Set S->gc of glyph string S to a GC suitable for drawing a mode line.
1078 Faces to use in the mode line have already been computed when the
1079 matrix was built, so there isn't much to do, here. */
1082 x_set_mode_line_face_gc (s
)
1083 struct glyph_string
*s
;
1085 s
->gc
= s
->face
->gc
;
1089 /* Set S->gc of glyph string S for drawing that glyph string. Set
1090 S->stippled_p to a non-zero value if the face of S has a stipple
1094 x_set_glyph_string_gc (s
)
1095 struct glyph_string
*s
;
1097 PREPARE_FACE_FOR_DISPLAY (s
->f
, s
->face
);
1099 if (s
->hl
== DRAW_NORMAL_TEXT
)
1101 s
->gc
= s
->face
->gc
;
1102 s
->stippled_p
= s
->face
->stipple
!= 0;
1104 else if (s
->hl
== DRAW_INVERSE_VIDEO
)
1106 x_set_mode_line_face_gc (s
);
1107 s
->stippled_p
= s
->face
->stipple
!= 0;
1109 else if (s
->hl
== DRAW_CURSOR
)
1111 x_set_cursor_gc (s
);
1114 else if (s
->hl
== DRAW_MOUSE_FACE
)
1116 x_set_mouse_face_gc (s
);
1117 s
->stippled_p
= s
->face
->stipple
!= 0;
1119 else if (s
->hl
== DRAW_IMAGE_RAISED
1120 || s
->hl
== DRAW_IMAGE_SUNKEN
)
1122 s
->gc
= s
->face
->gc
;
1123 s
->stippled_p
= s
->face
->stipple
!= 0;
1127 s
->gc
= s
->face
->gc
;
1128 s
->stippled_p
= s
->face
->stipple
!= 0;
1131 /* GC must have been set. */
1132 xassert (s
->gc
!= 0);
1136 /* Set clipping for output of glyph string S. S may be part of a mode
1137 line or menu if we don't have X toolkit support. */
1140 x_set_glyph_string_clipping (s
)
1141 struct glyph_string
*s
;
1143 XRectangle
*r
= s
->clip
;
1144 int n
= get_glyph_string_clip_rects (s
, r
, 2);
1147 XSetClipRectangles (s
->display
, s
->gc
, 0, 0, r
, n
, Unsorted
);
1152 /* Set SRC's clipping for output of glyph string DST. This is called
1153 when we are drawing DST's left_overhang or right_overhang only in
1157 x_set_glyph_string_clipping_exactly (src
, dst
)
1158 struct glyph_string
*src
, *dst
;
1163 r
.width
= src
->width
;
1165 r
.height
= src
->height
;
1168 XSetClipRectangles (dst
->display
, dst
->gc
, 0, 0, &r
, 1, Unsorted
);
1173 Compute left and right overhang of glyph string S. */
1176 x_compute_glyph_string_overhangs (s
)
1177 struct glyph_string
*s
;
1180 && s
->first_glyph
->type
== CHAR_GLYPH
)
1182 unsigned *code
= alloca (sizeof (unsigned) * s
->nchars
);
1183 struct font
*font
= s
->font
;
1184 struct font_metrics metrics
;
1187 for (i
= 0; i
< s
->nchars
; i
++)
1188 code
[i
] = (s
->char2b
[i
].byte1
<< 8) | s
->char2b
[i
].byte2
;
1189 font
->driver
->text_extents (font
, code
, s
->nchars
, &metrics
);
1190 s
->right_overhang
= (metrics
.rbearing
> metrics
.width
1191 ? metrics
.rbearing
- metrics
.width
: 0);
1192 s
->left_overhang
= metrics
.lbearing
< 0 ? - metrics
.lbearing
: 0;
1196 s
->right_overhang
= s
->cmp
->rbearing
- s
->cmp
->pixel_width
;
1197 s
->left_overhang
= - s
->cmp
->lbearing
;
1202 /* Fill rectangle X, Y, W, H with background color of glyph string S. */
1205 x_clear_glyph_string_rect (s
, x
, y
, w
, h
)
1206 struct glyph_string
*s
;
1210 XGetGCValues (s
->display
, s
->gc
, GCForeground
| GCBackground
, &xgcv
);
1211 XSetForeground (s
->display
, s
->gc
, xgcv
.background
);
1212 XFillRectangle (s
->display
, s
->window
, s
->gc
, x
, y
, w
, h
);
1213 XSetForeground (s
->display
, s
->gc
, xgcv
.foreground
);
1217 /* Draw the background of glyph_string S. If S->background_filled_p
1218 is non-zero don't draw it. FORCE_P non-zero means draw the
1219 background even if it wouldn't be drawn normally. This is used
1220 when a string preceding S draws into the background of S, or S
1221 contains the first component of a composition. */
1224 x_draw_glyph_string_background (s
, force_p
)
1225 struct glyph_string
*s
;
1228 /* Nothing to do if background has already been drawn or if it
1229 shouldn't be drawn in the first place. */
1230 if (!s
->background_filled_p
)
1232 int box_line_width
= max (s
->face
->box_line_width
, 0);
1236 /* Fill background with a stipple pattern. */
1237 XSetFillStyle (s
->display
, s
->gc
, FillOpaqueStippled
);
1238 XFillRectangle (s
->display
, s
->window
, s
->gc
, s
->x
,
1239 s
->y
+ box_line_width
,
1240 s
->background_width
,
1241 s
->height
- 2 * box_line_width
);
1242 XSetFillStyle (s
->display
, s
->gc
, FillSolid
);
1243 s
->background_filled_p
= 1;
1245 else if (FONT_HEIGHT (s
->font
) < s
->height
- 2 * box_line_width
1246 || s
->font_not_found_p
1247 || s
->extends_to_end_of_line_p
1250 x_clear_glyph_string_rect (s
, s
->x
, s
->y
+ box_line_width
,
1251 s
->background_width
,
1252 s
->height
- 2 * box_line_width
);
1253 s
->background_filled_p
= 1;
1259 /* Draw the foreground of glyph string S. */
1262 x_draw_glyph_string_foreground (s
)
1263 struct glyph_string
*s
;
1267 /* If first glyph of S has a left box line, start drawing the text
1268 of S to the right of that box line. */
1269 if (s
->face
->box
!= FACE_NO_BOX
1270 && s
->first_glyph
->left_box_line_p
)
1271 x
= s
->x
+ eabs (s
->face
->box_line_width
);
1275 /* Draw characters of S as rectangles if S's font could not be
1277 if (s
->font_not_found_p
)
1279 for (i
= 0; i
< s
->nchars
; ++i
)
1281 struct glyph
*g
= s
->first_glyph
+ i
;
1282 XDrawRectangle (s
->display
, s
->window
,
1283 s
->gc
, x
, s
->y
, g
->pixel_width
- 1,
1285 x
+= g
->pixel_width
;
1290 struct font
*font
= s
->font
;
1291 int boff
= font
->baseline_offset
;
1294 if (font
->vertical_centering
)
1295 boff
= VCENTER_BASELINE_OFFSET (font
, s
->f
) - boff
;
1297 y
= s
->ybase
- boff
;
1299 || (s
->background_filled_p
&& s
->hl
!= DRAW_CURSOR
))
1300 font
->driver
->draw (s
, 0, s
->nchars
, x
, y
, 0);
1302 font
->driver
->draw (s
, 0, s
->nchars
, x
, y
, 1);
1303 if (s
->face
->overstrike
)
1304 font
->driver
->draw (s
, 0, s
->nchars
, x
+ 1, y
, 0);
1308 /* Draw the foreground of composite glyph string S. */
1311 x_draw_composite_glyph_string_foreground (s
)
1312 struct glyph_string
*s
;
1315 struct font
*font
= s
->font
;
1317 /* If first glyph of S has a left box line, start drawing the text
1318 of S to the right of that box line. */
1319 if (s
->face
&& s
->face
->box
!= FACE_NO_BOX
1320 && s
->first_glyph
->left_box_line_p
)
1321 x
= s
->x
+ eabs (s
->face
->box_line_width
);
1325 /* S is a glyph string for a composition. S->cmp_from is the index
1326 of the first character drawn for glyphs of this composition.
1327 S->cmp_from == 0 means we are drawing the very first character of
1328 this composition. */
1330 /* Draw a rectangle for the composition if the font for the very
1331 first character of the composition could not be loaded. */
1332 if (s
->font_not_found_p
)
1334 if (s
->cmp_from
== 0)
1335 XDrawRectangle (s
->display
, s
->window
, s
->gc
, x
, s
->y
,
1336 s
->width
- 1, s
->height
- 1);
1338 else if (! s
->first_glyph
->u
.cmp
.automatic
)
1342 for (i
= 0, j
= s
->cmp_from
; i
< s
->nchars
; i
++, j
++)
1343 if (COMPOSITION_GLYPH (s
->cmp
, j
) != '\t')
1345 int xx
= x
+ s
->cmp
->offsets
[j
* 2];
1346 int yy
= y
- s
->cmp
->offsets
[j
* 2 + 1];
1348 font
->driver
->draw (s
, j
, j
+ 1, xx
, yy
, 0);
1349 if (s
->face
->overstrike
)
1350 font
->driver
->draw (s
, j
, j
+ 1, xx
+ 1, yy
, 0);
1355 Lisp_Object gstring
= composition_gstring_from_id (s
->cmp_id
);
1360 for (i
= j
= s
->cmp_from
; i
< s
->cmp_to
; i
++)
1362 glyph
= LGSTRING_GLYPH (gstring
, i
);
1363 if (NILP (LGLYPH_ADJUSTMENT (glyph
)))
1364 width
+= LGLYPH_WIDTH (glyph
);
1367 int xoff
, yoff
, wadjust
;
1371 font
->driver
->draw (s
, j
, i
, x
, y
, 0);
1374 xoff
= LGLYPH_XOFF (glyph
);
1375 yoff
= LGLYPH_YOFF (glyph
);
1376 wadjust
= LGLYPH_WADJUST (glyph
);
1377 font
->driver
->draw (s
, i
, i
+ 1, x
+ xoff
, y
+ yoff
, 0);
1384 font
->driver
->draw (s
, j
, i
, x
, y
, 0);
1389 #ifdef USE_X_TOOLKIT
1391 static struct frame
*x_frame_of_widget
P_ ((Widget
));
1392 static Boolean cvt_string_to_pixel
P_ ((Display
*, XrmValue
*, Cardinal
*,
1393 XrmValue
*, XrmValue
*, XtPointer
*));
1394 static void cvt_pixel_dtor
P_ ((XtAppContext
, XrmValue
*, XtPointer
,
1395 XrmValue
*, Cardinal
*));
1398 /* Return the frame on which widget WIDGET is used.. Abort if frame
1399 cannot be determined. */
1401 static struct frame
*
1402 x_frame_of_widget (widget
)
1405 struct x_display_info
*dpyinfo
;
1409 dpyinfo
= x_display_info_for_display (XtDisplay (widget
));
1411 /* Find the top-level shell of the widget. Note that this function
1412 can be called when the widget is not yet realized, so XtWindow
1413 (widget) == 0. That's the reason we can't simply use
1414 x_any_window_to_frame. */
1415 while (!XtIsTopLevelShell (widget
))
1416 widget
= XtParent (widget
);
1418 /* Look for a frame with that top-level widget. Allocate the color
1419 on that frame to get the right gamma correction value. */
1420 for (tail
= Vframe_list
; CONSP (tail
); tail
= XCDR (tail
))
1421 if (FRAMEP (XCAR (tail
))
1422 && (f
= XFRAME (XCAR (tail
)),
1424 && f
->output_data
.nothing
!= 1
1425 && FRAME_X_DISPLAY_INFO (f
) == dpyinfo
))
1426 && f
->output_data
.x
->widget
== widget
)
1433 /* Allocate the color COLOR->pixel on the screen and display of
1434 widget WIDGET in colormap CMAP. If an exact match cannot be
1435 allocated, try the nearest color available. Value is non-zero
1436 if successful. This is called from lwlib. */
1439 x_alloc_nearest_color_for_widget (widget
, cmap
, color
)
1444 struct frame
*f
= x_frame_of_widget (widget
);
1445 return x_alloc_nearest_color (f
, cmap
, color
);
1449 /* Allocate a color which is lighter or darker than *PIXEL by FACTOR
1450 or DELTA. Try a color with RGB values multiplied by FACTOR first.
1451 If this produces the same color as PIXEL, try a color where all RGB
1452 values have DELTA added. Return the allocated color in *PIXEL.
1453 DISPLAY is the X display, CMAP is the colormap to operate on.
1454 Value is non-zero if successful. */
1457 x_alloc_lighter_color_for_widget (widget
, display
, cmap
, pixel
, factor
, delta
)
1461 unsigned long *pixel
;
1465 struct frame
*f
= x_frame_of_widget (widget
);
1466 return x_alloc_lighter_color (f
, display
, cmap
, pixel
, factor
, delta
);
1470 /* Structure specifying which arguments should be passed by Xt to
1471 cvt_string_to_pixel. We want the widget's screen and colormap. */
1473 static XtConvertArgRec cvt_string_to_pixel_args
[] =
1475 {XtWidgetBaseOffset
, (XtPointer
) XtOffset (Widget
, core
.screen
),
1477 {XtWidgetBaseOffset
, (XtPointer
) XtOffset (Widget
, core
.colormap
),
1482 /* The address of this variable is returned by
1483 cvt_string_to_pixel. */
1485 static Pixel cvt_string_to_pixel_value
;
1488 /* Convert a color name to a pixel color.
1490 DPY is the display we are working on.
1492 ARGS is an array of *NARGS XrmValue structures holding additional
1493 information about the widget for which the conversion takes place.
1494 The contents of this array are determined by the specification
1495 in cvt_string_to_pixel_args.
1497 FROM is a pointer to an XrmValue which points to the color name to
1498 convert. TO is an XrmValue in which to return the pixel color.
1500 CLOSURE_RET is a pointer to user-data, in which we record if
1501 we allocated the color or not.
1503 Value is True if successful, False otherwise. */
1506 cvt_string_to_pixel (dpy
, args
, nargs
, from
, to
, closure_ret
)
1510 XrmValue
*from
, *to
;
1511 XtPointer
*closure_ret
;
1521 XtAppWarningMsg (XtDisplayToApplicationContext (dpy
),
1522 "wrongParameters", "cvt_string_to_pixel",
1524 "Screen and colormap args required", NULL
, NULL
);
1528 screen
= *(Screen
**) args
[0].addr
;
1529 cmap
= *(Colormap
*) args
[1].addr
;
1530 color_name
= (String
) from
->addr
;
1532 if (strcmp (color_name
, XtDefaultBackground
) == 0)
1534 *closure_ret
= (XtPointer
) False
;
1535 pixel
= WhitePixelOfScreen (screen
);
1537 else if (strcmp (color_name
, XtDefaultForeground
) == 0)
1539 *closure_ret
= (XtPointer
) False
;
1540 pixel
= BlackPixelOfScreen (screen
);
1542 else if (XParseColor (dpy
, cmap
, color_name
, &color
)
1543 && x_alloc_nearest_color_1 (dpy
, cmap
, &color
))
1545 pixel
= color
.pixel
;
1546 *closure_ret
= (XtPointer
) True
;
1551 Cardinal nparams
= 1;
1553 params
[0] = color_name
;
1554 XtAppWarningMsg (XtDisplayToApplicationContext (dpy
),
1555 "badValue", "cvt_string_to_pixel",
1556 "XtToolkitError", "Invalid color `%s'",
1561 if (to
->addr
!= NULL
)
1563 if (to
->size
< sizeof (Pixel
))
1565 to
->size
= sizeof (Pixel
);
1569 *(Pixel
*) to
->addr
= pixel
;
1573 cvt_string_to_pixel_value
= pixel
;
1574 to
->addr
= (XtPointer
) &cvt_string_to_pixel_value
;
1577 to
->size
= sizeof (Pixel
);
1582 /* Free a pixel color which was previously allocated via
1583 cvt_string_to_pixel. This is registered as the destructor
1584 for this type of resource via XtSetTypeConverter.
1586 APP is the application context in which we work.
1588 TO is a pointer to an XrmValue holding the color to free.
1589 CLOSURE is the value we stored in CLOSURE_RET for this color
1590 in cvt_string_to_pixel.
1592 ARGS and NARGS are like for cvt_string_to_pixel. */
1595 cvt_pixel_dtor (app
, to
, closure
, args
, nargs
)
1604 XtAppWarningMsg (app
, "wrongParameters", "cvt_pixel_dtor",
1606 "Screen and colormap arguments required",
1609 else if (closure
!= NULL
)
1611 /* We did allocate the pixel, so free it. */
1612 Screen
*screen
= *(Screen
**) args
[0].addr
;
1613 Colormap cmap
= *(Colormap
*) args
[1].addr
;
1614 x_free_dpy_colors (DisplayOfScreen (screen
), screen
, cmap
,
1615 (Pixel
*) to
->addr
, 1);
1620 #endif /* USE_X_TOOLKIT */
1623 /* Value is an array of XColor structures for the contents of the
1624 color map of display DPY. Set *NCELLS to the size of the array.
1625 Note that this probably shouldn't be called for large color maps,
1626 say a 24-bit TrueColor map. */
1628 static const XColor
*
1629 x_color_cells (dpy
, ncells
)
1633 struct x_display_info
*dpyinfo
= x_display_info_for_display (dpy
);
1635 if (dpyinfo
->color_cells
== NULL
)
1637 Screen
*screen
= dpyinfo
->screen
;
1640 dpyinfo
->ncolor_cells
1641 = XDisplayCells (dpy
, XScreenNumberOfScreen (screen
));
1642 dpyinfo
->color_cells
1643 = (XColor
*) xmalloc (dpyinfo
->ncolor_cells
1644 * sizeof *dpyinfo
->color_cells
);
1646 for (i
= 0; i
< dpyinfo
->ncolor_cells
; ++i
)
1647 dpyinfo
->color_cells
[i
].pixel
= i
;
1649 XQueryColors (dpy
, dpyinfo
->cmap
,
1650 dpyinfo
->color_cells
, dpyinfo
->ncolor_cells
);
1653 *ncells
= dpyinfo
->ncolor_cells
;
1654 return dpyinfo
->color_cells
;
1658 /* On frame F, translate pixel colors to RGB values for the NCOLORS
1659 colors in COLORS. Use cached information, if available. */
1662 x_query_colors (f
, colors
, ncolors
)
1667 struct x_display_info
*dpyinfo
= FRAME_X_DISPLAY_INFO (f
);
1669 if (dpyinfo
->color_cells
)
1672 for (i
= 0; i
< ncolors
; ++i
)
1674 unsigned long pixel
= colors
[i
].pixel
;
1675 xassert (pixel
< dpyinfo
->ncolor_cells
);
1676 xassert (dpyinfo
->color_cells
[pixel
].pixel
== pixel
);
1677 colors
[i
] = dpyinfo
->color_cells
[pixel
];
1681 XQueryColors (FRAME_X_DISPLAY (f
), FRAME_X_COLORMAP (f
), colors
, ncolors
);
1685 /* On frame F, translate pixel color to RGB values for the color in
1686 COLOR. Use cached information, if available. */
1689 x_query_color (f
, color
)
1693 x_query_colors (f
, color
, 1);
1697 /* Allocate the color COLOR->pixel on DISPLAY, colormap CMAP. If an
1698 exact match can't be allocated, try the nearest color available.
1699 Value is non-zero if successful. Set *COLOR to the color
1703 x_alloc_nearest_color_1 (dpy
, cmap
, color
)
1710 rc
= XAllocColor (dpy
, cmap
, color
);
1713 /* If we got to this point, the colormap is full, so we're going
1714 to try to get the next closest color. The algorithm used is
1715 a least-squares matching, which is what X uses for closest
1716 color matching with StaticColor visuals. */
1718 unsigned long nearest_delta
= ~0;
1720 const XColor
*cells
= x_color_cells (dpy
, &ncells
);
1722 for (nearest
= i
= 0; i
< ncells
; ++i
)
1724 long dred
= (color
->red
>> 8) - (cells
[i
].red
>> 8);
1725 long dgreen
= (color
->green
>> 8) - (cells
[i
].green
>> 8);
1726 long dblue
= (color
->blue
>> 8) - (cells
[i
].blue
>> 8);
1727 unsigned long delta
= dred
* dred
+ dgreen
* dgreen
+ dblue
* dblue
;
1729 if (delta
< nearest_delta
)
1732 nearest_delta
= delta
;
1736 color
->red
= cells
[nearest
].red
;
1737 color
->green
= cells
[nearest
].green
;
1738 color
->blue
= cells
[nearest
].blue
;
1739 rc
= XAllocColor (dpy
, cmap
, color
);
1743 /* If allocation succeeded, and the allocated pixel color is not
1744 equal to a cached pixel color recorded earlier, there was a
1745 change in the colormap, so clear the color cache. */
1746 struct x_display_info
*dpyinfo
= x_display_info_for_display (dpy
);
1747 XColor
*cached_color
;
1749 if (dpyinfo
->color_cells
1750 && (cached_color
= &dpyinfo
->color_cells
[color
->pixel
],
1751 (cached_color
->red
!= color
->red
1752 || cached_color
->blue
!= color
->blue
1753 || cached_color
->green
!= color
->green
)))
1755 xfree (dpyinfo
->color_cells
);
1756 dpyinfo
->color_cells
= NULL
;
1757 dpyinfo
->ncolor_cells
= 0;
1761 #ifdef DEBUG_X_COLORS
1763 register_color (color
->pixel
);
1764 #endif /* DEBUG_X_COLORS */
1770 /* Allocate the color COLOR->pixel on frame F, colormap CMAP. If an
1771 exact match can't be allocated, try the nearest color available.
1772 Value is non-zero if successful. Set *COLOR to the color
1776 x_alloc_nearest_color (f
, cmap
, color
)
1781 gamma_correct (f
, color
);
1782 return x_alloc_nearest_color_1 (FRAME_X_DISPLAY (f
), cmap
, color
);
1786 /* Allocate color PIXEL on frame F. PIXEL must already be allocated.
1787 It's necessary to do this instead of just using PIXEL directly to
1788 get color reference counts right. */
1791 x_copy_color (f
, pixel
)
1793 unsigned long pixel
;
1797 color
.pixel
= pixel
;
1799 x_query_color (f
, &color
);
1800 XAllocColor (FRAME_X_DISPLAY (f
), FRAME_X_COLORMAP (f
), &color
);
1802 #ifdef DEBUG_X_COLORS
1803 register_color (pixel
);
1809 /* Allocate color PIXEL on display DPY. PIXEL must already be allocated.
1810 It's necessary to do this instead of just using PIXEL directly to
1811 get color reference counts right. */
1814 x_copy_dpy_color (dpy
, cmap
, pixel
)
1817 unsigned long pixel
;
1821 color
.pixel
= pixel
;
1823 XQueryColor (dpy
, cmap
, &color
);
1824 XAllocColor (dpy
, cmap
, &color
);
1826 #ifdef DEBUG_X_COLORS
1827 register_color (pixel
);
1833 /* Brightness beyond which a color won't have its highlight brightness
1836 Nominally, highlight colors for `3d' faces are calculated by
1837 brightening an object's color by a constant scale factor, but this
1838 doesn't yield good results for dark colors, so for colors who's
1839 brightness is less than this value (on a scale of 0-65535) have an
1840 use an additional additive factor.
1842 The value here is set so that the default menu-bar/mode-line color
1843 (grey75) will not have its highlights changed at all. */
1844 #define HIGHLIGHT_COLOR_DARK_BOOST_LIMIT 48000
1847 /* Allocate a color which is lighter or darker than *PIXEL by FACTOR
1848 or DELTA. Try a color with RGB values multiplied by FACTOR first.
1849 If this produces the same color as PIXEL, try a color where all RGB
1850 values have DELTA added. Return the allocated color in *PIXEL.
1851 DISPLAY is the X display, CMAP is the colormap to operate on.
1852 Value is non-zero if successful. */
1855 x_alloc_lighter_color (f
, display
, cmap
, pixel
, factor
, delta
)
1859 unsigned long *pixel
;
1867 /* Get RGB color values. */
1868 color
.pixel
= *pixel
;
1869 x_query_color (f
, &color
);
1871 /* Change RGB values by specified FACTOR. Avoid overflow! */
1872 xassert (factor
>= 0);
1873 new.red
= min (0xffff, factor
* color
.red
);
1874 new.green
= min (0xffff, factor
* color
.green
);
1875 new.blue
= min (0xffff, factor
* color
.blue
);
1877 /* Calculate brightness of COLOR. */
1878 bright
= (2 * color
.red
+ 3 * color
.green
+ color
.blue
) / 6;
1880 /* We only boost colors that are darker than
1881 HIGHLIGHT_COLOR_DARK_BOOST_LIMIT. */
1882 if (bright
< HIGHLIGHT_COLOR_DARK_BOOST_LIMIT
)
1883 /* Make an additive adjustment to NEW, because it's dark enough so
1884 that scaling by FACTOR alone isn't enough. */
1886 /* How far below the limit this color is (0 - 1, 1 being darker). */
1887 double dimness
= 1 - (double)bright
/ HIGHLIGHT_COLOR_DARK_BOOST_LIMIT
;
1888 /* The additive adjustment. */
1889 int min_delta
= delta
* dimness
* factor
/ 2;
1893 new.red
= max (0, new.red
- min_delta
);
1894 new.green
= max (0, new.green
- min_delta
);
1895 new.blue
= max (0, new.blue
- min_delta
);
1899 new.red
= min (0xffff, min_delta
+ new.red
);
1900 new.green
= min (0xffff, min_delta
+ new.green
);
1901 new.blue
= min (0xffff, min_delta
+ new.blue
);
1905 /* Try to allocate the color. */
1906 success_p
= x_alloc_nearest_color (f
, cmap
, &new);
1909 if (new.pixel
== *pixel
)
1911 /* If we end up with the same color as before, try adding
1912 delta to the RGB values. */
1913 x_free_colors (f
, &new.pixel
, 1);
1915 new.red
= min (0xffff, delta
+ color
.red
);
1916 new.green
= min (0xffff, delta
+ color
.green
);
1917 new.blue
= min (0xffff, delta
+ color
.blue
);
1918 success_p
= x_alloc_nearest_color (f
, cmap
, &new);
1929 /* Set up the foreground color for drawing relief lines of glyph
1930 string S. RELIEF is a pointer to a struct relief containing the GC
1931 with which lines will be drawn. Use a color that is FACTOR or
1932 DELTA lighter or darker than the relief's background which is found
1933 in S->f->output_data.x->relief_background. If such a color cannot
1934 be allocated, use DEFAULT_PIXEL, instead. */
1937 x_setup_relief_color (f
, relief
, factor
, delta
, default_pixel
)
1939 struct relief
*relief
;
1942 unsigned long default_pixel
;
1945 struct x_output
*di
= f
->output_data
.x
;
1946 unsigned long mask
= GCForeground
| GCLineWidth
| GCGraphicsExposures
;
1947 unsigned long pixel
;
1948 unsigned long background
= di
->relief_background
;
1949 Colormap cmap
= FRAME_X_COLORMAP (f
);
1950 struct x_display_info
*dpyinfo
= FRAME_X_DISPLAY_INFO (f
);
1951 Display
*dpy
= FRAME_X_DISPLAY (f
);
1953 xgcv
.graphics_exposures
= False
;
1954 xgcv
.line_width
= 1;
1956 /* Free previously allocated color. The color cell will be reused
1957 when it has been freed as many times as it was allocated, so this
1958 doesn't affect faces using the same colors. */
1960 && relief
->allocated_p
)
1962 x_free_colors (f
, &relief
->pixel
, 1);
1963 relief
->allocated_p
= 0;
1966 /* Allocate new color. */
1967 xgcv
.foreground
= default_pixel
;
1969 if (dpyinfo
->n_planes
!= 1
1970 && x_alloc_lighter_color (f
, dpy
, cmap
, &pixel
, factor
, delta
))
1972 relief
->allocated_p
= 1;
1973 xgcv
.foreground
= relief
->pixel
= pixel
;
1976 if (relief
->gc
== 0)
1978 xgcv
.stipple
= dpyinfo
->gray
;
1980 relief
->gc
= XCreateGC (dpy
, FRAME_X_WINDOW (f
), mask
, &xgcv
);
1983 XChangeGC (dpy
, relief
->gc
, mask
, &xgcv
);
1987 /* Set up colors for the relief lines around glyph string S. */
1990 x_setup_relief_colors (s
)
1991 struct glyph_string
*s
;
1993 struct x_output
*di
= s
->f
->output_data
.x
;
1994 unsigned long color
;
1996 if (s
->face
->use_box_color_for_shadows_p
)
1997 color
= s
->face
->box_color
;
1998 else if (s
->first_glyph
->type
== IMAGE_GLYPH
2000 && !IMAGE_BACKGROUND_TRANSPARENT (s
->img
, s
->f
, 0))
2001 color
= IMAGE_BACKGROUND (s
->img
, s
->f
, 0);
2006 /* Get the background color of the face. */
2007 XGetGCValues (s
->display
, s
->gc
, GCBackground
, &xgcv
);
2008 color
= xgcv
.background
;
2011 if (di
->white_relief
.gc
== 0
2012 || color
!= di
->relief_background
)
2014 di
->relief_background
= color
;
2015 x_setup_relief_color (s
->f
, &di
->white_relief
, 1.2, 0x8000,
2016 WHITE_PIX_DEFAULT (s
->f
));
2017 x_setup_relief_color (s
->f
, &di
->black_relief
, 0.6, 0x4000,
2018 BLACK_PIX_DEFAULT (s
->f
));
2023 /* Draw a relief on frame F inside the rectangle given by LEFT_X,
2024 TOP_Y, RIGHT_X, and BOTTOM_Y. WIDTH is the thickness of the relief
2025 to draw, it must be >= 0. RAISED_P non-zero means draw a raised
2026 relief. LEFT_P non-zero means draw a relief on the left side of
2027 the rectangle. RIGHT_P non-zero means draw a relief on the right
2028 side of the rectangle. CLIP_RECT is the clipping rectangle to use
2032 x_draw_relief_rect (f
, left_x
, top_y
, right_x
, bottom_y
, width
,
2033 raised_p
, top_p
, bot_p
, left_p
, right_p
, clip_rect
)
2035 int left_x
, top_y
, right_x
, bottom_y
, width
;
2036 int top_p
, bot_p
, left_p
, right_p
, raised_p
;
2037 XRectangle
*clip_rect
;
2039 Display
*dpy
= FRAME_X_DISPLAY (f
);
2040 Window window
= FRAME_X_WINDOW (f
);
2045 gc
= f
->output_data
.x
->white_relief
.gc
;
2047 gc
= f
->output_data
.x
->black_relief
.gc
;
2048 XSetClipRectangles (dpy
, gc
, 0, 0, clip_rect
, 1, Unsorted
);
2052 for (i
= 0; i
< width
; ++i
)
2053 XDrawLine (dpy
, window
, gc
,
2054 left_x
+ i
* left_p
, top_y
+ i
,
2055 right_x
+ 1 - i
* right_p
, top_y
+ i
);
2059 for (i
= 0; i
< width
; ++i
)
2060 XDrawLine (dpy
, window
, gc
,
2061 left_x
+ i
, top_y
+ i
, left_x
+ i
, bottom_y
- i
+ 1);
2063 XSetClipMask (dpy
, gc
, None
);
2065 gc
= f
->output_data
.x
->black_relief
.gc
;
2067 gc
= f
->output_data
.x
->white_relief
.gc
;
2068 XSetClipRectangles (dpy
, gc
, 0, 0, clip_rect
, 1, Unsorted
);
2072 for (i
= 0; i
< width
; ++i
)
2073 XDrawLine (dpy
, window
, gc
,
2074 left_x
+ i
* left_p
, bottom_y
- i
,
2075 right_x
+ 1 - i
* right_p
, bottom_y
- i
);
2079 for (i
= 0; i
< width
; ++i
)
2080 XDrawLine (dpy
, window
, gc
,
2081 right_x
- i
, top_y
+ i
+ 1, right_x
- i
, bottom_y
- i
);
2083 XSetClipMask (dpy
, gc
, None
);
2087 /* Draw a box on frame F inside the rectangle given by LEFT_X, TOP_Y,
2088 RIGHT_X, and BOTTOM_Y. WIDTH is the thickness of the lines to
2089 draw, it must be >= 0. LEFT_P non-zero means draw a line on the
2090 left side of the rectangle. RIGHT_P non-zero means draw a line
2091 on the right side of the rectangle. CLIP_RECT is the clipping
2092 rectangle to use when drawing. */
2095 x_draw_box_rect (s
, left_x
, top_y
, right_x
, bottom_y
, width
,
2096 left_p
, right_p
, clip_rect
)
2097 struct glyph_string
*s
;
2098 int left_x
, top_y
, right_x
, bottom_y
, width
, left_p
, right_p
;
2099 XRectangle
*clip_rect
;
2103 XGetGCValues (s
->display
, s
->gc
, GCForeground
, &xgcv
);
2104 XSetForeground (s
->display
, s
->gc
, s
->face
->box_color
);
2105 XSetClipRectangles (s
->display
, s
->gc
, 0, 0, clip_rect
, 1, Unsorted
);
2108 XFillRectangle (s
->display
, s
->window
, s
->gc
,
2109 left_x
, top_y
, right_x
- left_x
+ 1, width
);
2113 XFillRectangle (s
->display
, s
->window
, s
->gc
,
2114 left_x
, top_y
, width
, bottom_y
- top_y
+ 1);
2117 XFillRectangle (s
->display
, s
->window
, s
->gc
,
2118 left_x
, bottom_y
- width
+ 1, right_x
- left_x
+ 1, width
);
2122 XFillRectangle (s
->display
, s
->window
, s
->gc
,
2123 right_x
- width
+ 1, top_y
, width
, bottom_y
- top_y
+ 1);
2125 XSetForeground (s
->display
, s
->gc
, xgcv
.foreground
);
2126 XSetClipMask (s
->display
, s
->gc
, None
);
2130 /* Draw a box around glyph string S. */
2133 x_draw_glyph_string_box (s
)
2134 struct glyph_string
*s
;
2136 int width
, left_x
, right_x
, top_y
, bottom_y
, last_x
, raised_p
;
2137 int left_p
, right_p
;
2138 struct glyph
*last_glyph
;
2139 XRectangle clip_rect
;
2141 last_x
= ((s
->row
->full_width_p
&& !s
->w
->pseudo_window_p
)
2142 ? WINDOW_RIGHT_EDGE_X (s
->w
)
2143 : window_box_right (s
->w
, s
->area
));
2145 /* The glyph that may have a right box line. */
2146 last_glyph
= (s
->cmp
|| s
->img
2148 : s
->first_glyph
+ s
->nchars
- 1);
2150 width
= eabs (s
->face
->box_line_width
);
2151 raised_p
= s
->face
->box
== FACE_RAISED_BOX
;
2153 right_x
= (s
->row
->full_width_p
&& s
->extends_to_end_of_line_p
2155 : min (last_x
, s
->x
+ s
->background_width
) - 1);
2157 bottom_y
= top_y
+ s
->height
- 1;
2159 left_p
= (s
->first_glyph
->left_box_line_p
2160 || (s
->hl
== DRAW_MOUSE_FACE
2162 || s
->prev
->hl
!= s
->hl
)));
2163 right_p
= (last_glyph
->right_box_line_p
2164 || (s
->hl
== DRAW_MOUSE_FACE
2166 || s
->next
->hl
!= s
->hl
)));
2168 get_glyph_string_clip_rect (s
, &clip_rect
);
2170 if (s
->face
->box
== FACE_SIMPLE_BOX
)
2171 x_draw_box_rect (s
, left_x
, top_y
, right_x
, bottom_y
, width
,
2172 left_p
, right_p
, &clip_rect
);
2175 x_setup_relief_colors (s
);
2176 x_draw_relief_rect (s
->f
, left_x
, top_y
, right_x
, bottom_y
,
2177 width
, raised_p
, 1, 1, left_p
, right_p
, &clip_rect
);
2182 /* Draw foreground of image glyph string S. */
2185 x_draw_image_foreground (s
)
2186 struct glyph_string
*s
;
2189 int y
= s
->ybase
- image_ascent (s
->img
, s
->face
, &s
->slice
);
2191 /* If first glyph of S has a left box line, start drawing it to the
2192 right of that line. */
2193 if (s
->face
->box
!= FACE_NO_BOX
2194 && s
->first_glyph
->left_box_line_p
2196 x
+= eabs (s
->face
->box_line_width
);
2198 /* If there is a margin around the image, adjust x- and y-position
2200 if (s
->slice
.x
== 0)
2201 x
+= s
->img
->hmargin
;
2202 if (s
->slice
.y
== 0)
2203 y
+= s
->img
->vmargin
;
2209 /* We can't set both a clip mask and use XSetClipRectangles
2210 because the latter also sets a clip mask. We also can't
2211 trust on the shape extension to be available
2212 (XShapeCombineRegion). So, compute the rectangle to draw
2214 unsigned long mask
= (GCClipMask
| GCClipXOrigin
| GCClipYOrigin
2217 XRectangle clip_rect
, image_rect
, r
;
2219 xgcv
.clip_mask
= s
->img
->mask
;
2220 xgcv
.clip_x_origin
= x
;
2221 xgcv
.clip_y_origin
= y
;
2222 xgcv
.function
= GXcopy
;
2223 XChangeGC (s
->display
, s
->gc
, mask
, &xgcv
);
2225 get_glyph_string_clip_rect (s
, &clip_rect
);
2228 image_rect
.width
= s
->slice
.width
;
2229 image_rect
.height
= s
->slice
.height
;
2230 if (x_intersect_rectangles (&clip_rect
, &image_rect
, &r
))
2231 XCopyArea (s
->display
, s
->img
->pixmap
, s
->window
, s
->gc
,
2232 s
->slice
.x
+ r
.x
- x
, s
->slice
.y
+ r
.y
- y
,
2233 r
.width
, r
.height
, r
.x
, r
.y
);
2237 XRectangle clip_rect
, image_rect
, r
;
2239 get_glyph_string_clip_rect (s
, &clip_rect
);
2242 image_rect
.width
= s
->slice
.width
;
2243 image_rect
.height
= s
->slice
.height
;
2244 if (x_intersect_rectangles (&clip_rect
, &image_rect
, &r
))
2245 XCopyArea (s
->display
, s
->img
->pixmap
, s
->window
, s
->gc
,
2246 s
->slice
.x
+ r
.x
- x
, s
->slice
.y
+ r
.y
- y
,
2247 r
.width
, r
.height
, r
.x
, r
.y
);
2249 /* When the image has a mask, we can expect that at
2250 least part of a mouse highlight or a block cursor will
2251 be visible. If the image doesn't have a mask, make
2252 a block cursor visible by drawing a rectangle around
2253 the image. I believe it's looking better if we do
2254 nothing here for mouse-face. */
2255 if (s
->hl
== DRAW_CURSOR
)
2257 int r
= s
->img
->relief
;
2259 XDrawRectangle (s
->display
, s
->window
, s
->gc
,
2261 s
->slice
.width
+ r
*2 - 1,
2262 s
->slice
.height
+ r
*2 - 1);
2267 /* Draw a rectangle if image could not be loaded. */
2268 XDrawRectangle (s
->display
, s
->window
, s
->gc
, x
, y
,
2269 s
->slice
.width
- 1, s
->slice
.height
- 1);
2273 /* Draw a relief around the image glyph string S. */
2276 x_draw_image_relief (s
)
2277 struct glyph_string
*s
;
2279 int x0
, y0
, x1
, y1
, thick
, raised_p
;
2282 int y
= s
->ybase
- image_ascent (s
->img
, s
->face
, &s
->slice
);
2284 /* If first glyph of S has a left box line, start drawing it to the
2285 right of that line. */
2286 if (s
->face
->box
!= FACE_NO_BOX
2287 && s
->first_glyph
->left_box_line_p
2289 x
+= eabs (s
->face
->box_line_width
);
2291 /* If there is a margin around the image, adjust x- and y-position
2293 if (s
->slice
.x
== 0)
2294 x
+= s
->img
->hmargin
;
2295 if (s
->slice
.y
== 0)
2296 y
+= s
->img
->vmargin
;
2298 if (s
->hl
== DRAW_IMAGE_SUNKEN
2299 || s
->hl
== DRAW_IMAGE_RAISED
)
2301 thick
= tool_bar_button_relief
>= 0 ? tool_bar_button_relief
: DEFAULT_TOOL_BAR_BUTTON_RELIEF
;
2302 raised_p
= s
->hl
== DRAW_IMAGE_RAISED
;
2306 thick
= eabs (s
->img
->relief
);
2307 raised_p
= s
->img
->relief
> 0;
2312 x1
= x
+ s
->slice
.width
+ thick
- 1;
2313 y1
= y
+ s
->slice
.height
+ thick
- 1;
2315 x_setup_relief_colors (s
);
2316 get_glyph_string_clip_rect (s
, &r
);
2317 x_draw_relief_rect (s
->f
, x0
, y0
, x1
, y1
, thick
, raised_p
,
2319 s
->slice
.y
+ s
->slice
.height
== s
->img
->height
,
2321 s
->slice
.x
+ s
->slice
.width
== s
->img
->width
,
2326 /* Draw the foreground of image glyph string S to PIXMAP. */
2329 x_draw_image_foreground_1 (s
, pixmap
)
2330 struct glyph_string
*s
;
2334 int y
= s
->ybase
- s
->y
- image_ascent (s
->img
, s
->face
, &s
->slice
);
2336 /* If first glyph of S has a left box line, start drawing it to the
2337 right of that line. */
2338 if (s
->face
->box
!= FACE_NO_BOX
2339 && s
->first_glyph
->left_box_line_p
2341 x
+= eabs (s
->face
->box_line_width
);
2343 /* If there is a margin around the image, adjust x- and y-position
2345 if (s
->slice
.x
== 0)
2346 x
+= s
->img
->hmargin
;
2347 if (s
->slice
.y
== 0)
2348 y
+= s
->img
->vmargin
;
2354 /* We can't set both a clip mask and use XSetClipRectangles
2355 because the latter also sets a clip mask. We also can't
2356 trust on the shape extension to be available
2357 (XShapeCombineRegion). So, compute the rectangle to draw
2359 unsigned long mask
= (GCClipMask
| GCClipXOrigin
| GCClipYOrigin
2363 xgcv
.clip_mask
= s
->img
->mask
;
2364 xgcv
.clip_x_origin
= x
- s
->slice
.x
;
2365 xgcv
.clip_y_origin
= y
- s
->slice
.y
;
2366 xgcv
.function
= GXcopy
;
2367 XChangeGC (s
->display
, s
->gc
, mask
, &xgcv
);
2369 XCopyArea (s
->display
, s
->img
->pixmap
, pixmap
, s
->gc
,
2370 s
->slice
.x
, s
->slice
.y
,
2371 s
->slice
.width
, s
->slice
.height
, x
, y
);
2372 XSetClipMask (s
->display
, s
->gc
, None
);
2376 XCopyArea (s
->display
, s
->img
->pixmap
, pixmap
, s
->gc
,
2377 s
->slice
.x
, s
->slice
.y
,
2378 s
->slice
.width
, s
->slice
.height
, x
, y
);
2380 /* When the image has a mask, we can expect that at
2381 least part of a mouse highlight or a block cursor will
2382 be visible. If the image doesn't have a mask, make
2383 a block cursor visible by drawing a rectangle around
2384 the image. I believe it's looking better if we do
2385 nothing here for mouse-face. */
2386 if (s
->hl
== DRAW_CURSOR
)
2388 int r
= s
->img
->relief
;
2390 XDrawRectangle (s
->display
, s
->window
, s
->gc
, x
- r
, y
- r
,
2391 s
->slice
.width
+ r
*2 - 1,
2392 s
->slice
.height
+ r
*2 - 1);
2397 /* Draw a rectangle if image could not be loaded. */
2398 XDrawRectangle (s
->display
, pixmap
, s
->gc
, x
, y
,
2399 s
->slice
.width
- 1, s
->slice
.height
- 1);
2403 /* Draw part of the background of glyph string S. X, Y, W, and H
2404 give the rectangle to draw. */
2407 x_draw_glyph_string_bg_rect (s
, x
, y
, w
, h
)
2408 struct glyph_string
*s
;
2413 /* Fill background with a stipple pattern. */
2414 XSetFillStyle (s
->display
, s
->gc
, FillOpaqueStippled
);
2415 XFillRectangle (s
->display
, s
->window
, s
->gc
, x
, y
, w
, h
);
2416 XSetFillStyle (s
->display
, s
->gc
, FillSolid
);
2419 x_clear_glyph_string_rect (s
, x
, y
, w
, h
);
2423 /* Draw image glyph string S.
2426 s->x +-------------------------
2429 | +-------------------------
2432 | | +-------------------
2438 x_draw_image_glyph_string (s
)
2439 struct glyph_string
*s
;
2441 int box_line_hwidth
= eabs (s
->face
->box_line_width
);
2442 int box_line_vwidth
= max (s
->face
->box_line_width
, 0);
2444 Pixmap pixmap
= None
;
2447 if (s
->slice
.y
== 0)
2448 height
-= box_line_vwidth
;
2449 if (s
->slice
.y
+ s
->slice
.height
>= s
->img
->height
)
2450 height
-= box_line_vwidth
;
2452 /* Fill background with face under the image. Do it only if row is
2453 taller than image or if image has a clip mask to reduce
2455 s
->stippled_p
= s
->face
->stipple
!= 0;
2456 if (height
> s
->slice
.height
2460 || s
->img
->pixmap
== 0
2461 || s
->width
!= s
->background_width
)
2465 /* Create a pixmap as large as the glyph string. Fill it
2466 with the background color. Copy the image to it, using
2467 its mask. Copy the temporary pixmap to the display. */
2468 Screen
*screen
= FRAME_X_SCREEN (s
->f
);
2469 int depth
= DefaultDepthOfScreen (screen
);
2471 /* Create a pixmap as large as the glyph string. */
2472 pixmap
= XCreatePixmap (s
->display
, s
->window
,
2473 s
->background_width
,
2476 /* Don't clip in the following because we're working on the
2478 XSetClipMask (s
->display
, s
->gc
, None
);
2480 /* Fill the pixmap with the background color/stipple. */
2483 /* Fill background with a stipple pattern. */
2484 XSetFillStyle (s
->display
, s
->gc
, FillOpaqueStippled
);
2485 XSetTSOrigin (s
->display
, s
->gc
, - s
->x
, - s
->y
);
2486 XFillRectangle (s
->display
, pixmap
, s
->gc
,
2487 0, 0, s
->background_width
, s
->height
);
2488 XSetFillStyle (s
->display
, s
->gc
, FillSolid
);
2489 XSetTSOrigin (s
->display
, s
->gc
, 0, 0);
2494 XGetGCValues (s
->display
, s
->gc
, GCForeground
| GCBackground
,
2496 XSetForeground (s
->display
, s
->gc
, xgcv
.background
);
2497 XFillRectangle (s
->display
, pixmap
, s
->gc
,
2498 0, 0, s
->background_width
, s
->height
);
2499 XSetForeground (s
->display
, s
->gc
, xgcv
.foreground
);
2507 if (s
->first_glyph
->left_box_line_p
2509 x
+= box_line_hwidth
;
2511 if (s
->slice
.y
== 0)
2512 y
+= box_line_vwidth
;
2514 x_draw_glyph_string_bg_rect (s
, x
, y
, s
->background_width
, height
);
2517 s
->background_filled_p
= 1;
2520 /* Draw the foreground. */
2523 x_draw_image_foreground_1 (s
, pixmap
);
2524 x_set_glyph_string_clipping (s
);
2525 XCopyArea (s
->display
, pixmap
, s
->window
, s
->gc
,
2526 0, 0, s
->background_width
, s
->height
, s
->x
, s
->y
);
2527 XFreePixmap (s
->display
, pixmap
);
2530 x_draw_image_foreground (s
);
2532 /* If we must draw a relief around the image, do it. */
2534 || s
->hl
== DRAW_IMAGE_RAISED
2535 || s
->hl
== DRAW_IMAGE_SUNKEN
)
2536 x_draw_image_relief (s
);
2540 /* Draw stretch glyph string S. */
2543 x_draw_stretch_glyph_string (s
)
2544 struct glyph_string
*s
;
2546 xassert (s
->first_glyph
->type
== STRETCH_GLYPH
);
2548 if (s
->hl
== DRAW_CURSOR
2549 && !x_stretch_cursor_p
)
2551 /* If `x-stretch-block-cursor' is nil, don't draw a block cursor
2552 as wide as the stretch glyph. */
2553 int width
, background_width
= s
->background_width
;
2554 int x
= s
->x
, left_x
= window_box_left_offset (s
->w
, TEXT_AREA
);
2558 background_width
-= left_x
- x
;
2561 width
= min (FRAME_COLUMN_WIDTH (s
->f
), background_width
);
2564 x_draw_glyph_string_bg_rect (s
, x
, s
->y
, width
, s
->height
);
2566 /* Clear rest using the GC of the original non-cursor face. */
2567 if (width
< background_width
)
2570 int w
= background_width
- width
, h
= s
->height
;
2575 if (s
->row
->mouse_face_p
2576 && cursor_in_mouse_face_p (s
->w
))
2578 x_set_mouse_face_gc (s
);
2584 get_glyph_string_clip_rect (s
, &r
);
2585 XSetClipRectangles (s
->display
, gc
, 0, 0, &r
, 1, Unsorted
);
2587 if (s
->face
->stipple
)
2589 /* Fill background with a stipple pattern. */
2590 XSetFillStyle (s
->display
, gc
, FillOpaqueStippled
);
2591 XFillRectangle (s
->display
, s
->window
, gc
, x
, y
, w
, h
);
2592 XSetFillStyle (s
->display
, gc
, FillSolid
);
2597 XGetGCValues (s
->display
, gc
, GCForeground
| GCBackground
, &xgcv
);
2598 XSetForeground (s
->display
, gc
, xgcv
.background
);
2599 XFillRectangle (s
->display
, s
->window
, gc
, x
, y
, w
, h
);
2600 XSetForeground (s
->display
, gc
, xgcv
.foreground
);
2604 else if (!s
->background_filled_p
)
2606 int background_width
= s
->background_width
;
2607 int x
= s
->x
, left_x
= window_box_left_offset (s
->w
, TEXT_AREA
);
2609 /* Don't draw into left margin, fringe or scrollbar area
2610 except for header line and mode line. */
2611 if (x
< left_x
&& !s
->row
->mode_line_p
)
2613 background_width
-= left_x
- x
;
2616 if (background_width
> 0)
2617 x_draw_glyph_string_bg_rect (s
, x
, s
->y
, background_width
, s
->height
);
2620 s
->background_filled_p
= 1;
2624 /* Draw glyph string S. */
2627 x_draw_glyph_string (s
)
2628 struct glyph_string
*s
;
2630 int relief_drawn_p
= 0;
2632 /* If S draws into the background of its successors, draw the
2633 background of the successors first so that S can draw into it.
2634 This makes S->next use XDrawString instead of XDrawImageString. */
2635 if (s
->next
&& s
->right_overhang
&& !s
->for_overlaps
)
2638 struct glyph_string
*next
;
2640 for (width
= 0, next
= s
->next
; next
;
2641 width
+= next
->width
, next
= next
->next
)
2642 if (next
->first_glyph
->type
!= IMAGE_GLYPH
)
2644 x_set_glyph_string_gc (next
);
2645 x_set_glyph_string_clipping (next
);
2646 x_draw_glyph_string_background (next
, 1);
2647 next
->num_clips
= 0;
2651 /* Set up S->gc, set clipping and draw S. */
2652 x_set_glyph_string_gc (s
);
2654 /* Draw relief (if any) in advance for char/composition so that the
2655 glyph string can be drawn over it. */
2656 if (!s
->for_overlaps
2657 && s
->face
->box
!= FACE_NO_BOX
2658 && (s
->first_glyph
->type
== CHAR_GLYPH
2659 || s
->first_glyph
->type
== COMPOSITE_GLYPH
))
2662 x_set_glyph_string_clipping (s
);
2663 x_draw_glyph_string_background (s
, 1);
2664 x_draw_glyph_string_box (s
);
2665 x_set_glyph_string_clipping (s
);
2668 else if (!s
->clip_head
/* draw_glyphs didn't specify a clip mask. */
2670 && ((s
->prev
&& s
->prev
->hl
!= s
->hl
&& s
->left_overhang
)
2671 || (s
->next
&& s
->next
->hl
!= s
->hl
&& s
->right_overhang
)))
2672 /* We must clip just this glyph. left_overhang part has already
2673 drawn when s->prev was drawn, and right_overhang part will be
2674 drawn later when s->next is drawn. */
2675 x_set_glyph_string_clipping_exactly (s
, s
);
2677 x_set_glyph_string_clipping (s
);
2679 switch (s
->first_glyph
->type
)
2682 x_draw_image_glyph_string (s
);
2686 x_draw_stretch_glyph_string (s
);
2690 if (s
->for_overlaps
)
2691 s
->background_filled_p
= 1;
2693 x_draw_glyph_string_background (s
, 0);
2694 x_draw_glyph_string_foreground (s
);
2697 case COMPOSITE_GLYPH
:
2698 if (s
->for_overlaps
|| (s
->cmp_from
> 0
2699 && ! s
->first_glyph
->u
.cmp
.automatic
))
2700 s
->background_filled_p
= 1;
2702 x_draw_glyph_string_background (s
, 1);
2703 x_draw_composite_glyph_string_foreground (s
);
2710 if (!s
->for_overlaps
)
2712 /* Draw underline. */
2713 if (s
->face
->underline_p
)
2715 unsigned long thickness
, position
;
2718 if (s
->prev
&& s
->prev
->face
->underline_p
)
2720 /* We use the same underline style as the previous one. */
2721 thickness
= s
->prev
->underline_thickness
;
2722 position
= s
->prev
->underline_position
;
2726 /* Get the underline thickness. Default is 1 pixel. */
2727 if (s
->font
&& s
->font
->underline_thickness
> 0)
2728 thickness
= s
->font
->underline_thickness
;
2731 if (x_underline_at_descent_line
)
2732 position
= (s
->height
- thickness
) - (s
->ybase
- s
->y
);
2735 /* Get the underline position. This is the recommended
2736 vertical offset in pixels from the baseline to the top of
2737 the underline. This is a signed value according to the
2738 specs, and its default is
2740 ROUND ((maximum descent) / 2), with
2741 ROUND(x) = floor (x + 0.5) */
2743 if (x_use_underline_position_properties
2744 && s
->font
&& s
->font
->underline_position
>= 0)
2745 position
= s
->font
->underline_position
;
2747 position
= (s
->font
->descent
+ 1) / 2;
2749 position
= max (position
, underline_minimum_offset
);
2751 /* Check the sanity of thickness and position. We should
2752 avoid drawing underline out of the current line area. */
2753 if (s
->y
+ s
->height
<= s
->ybase
+ position
)
2754 position
= (s
->height
- 1) - (s
->ybase
- s
->y
);
2755 if (s
->y
+ s
->height
< s
->ybase
+ position
+ thickness
)
2756 thickness
= (s
->y
+ s
->height
) - (s
->ybase
+ position
);
2757 s
->underline_thickness
= thickness
;
2758 s
->underline_position
= position
;
2759 y
= s
->ybase
+ position
;
2760 if (s
->face
->underline_defaulted_p
)
2761 XFillRectangle (s
->display
, s
->window
, s
->gc
,
2762 s
->x
, y
, s
->background_width
, thickness
);
2766 XGetGCValues (s
->display
, s
->gc
, GCForeground
, &xgcv
);
2767 XSetForeground (s
->display
, s
->gc
, s
->face
->underline_color
);
2768 XFillRectangle (s
->display
, s
->window
, s
->gc
,
2769 s
->x
, y
, s
->background_width
, thickness
);
2770 XSetForeground (s
->display
, s
->gc
, xgcv
.foreground
);
2774 /* Draw overline. */
2775 if (s
->face
->overline_p
)
2777 unsigned long dy
= 0, h
= 1;
2779 if (s
->face
->overline_color_defaulted_p
)
2780 XFillRectangle (s
->display
, s
->window
, s
->gc
, s
->x
, s
->y
+ dy
,
2781 s
->background_width
, h
);
2785 XGetGCValues (s
->display
, s
->gc
, GCForeground
, &xgcv
);
2786 XSetForeground (s
->display
, s
->gc
, s
->face
->overline_color
);
2787 XFillRectangle (s
->display
, s
->window
, s
->gc
, s
->x
, s
->y
+ dy
,
2788 s
->background_width
, h
);
2789 XSetForeground (s
->display
, s
->gc
, xgcv
.foreground
);
2793 /* Draw strike-through. */
2794 if (s
->face
->strike_through_p
)
2796 unsigned long h
= 1;
2797 unsigned long dy
= (s
->height
- h
) / 2;
2799 if (s
->face
->strike_through_color_defaulted_p
)
2800 XFillRectangle (s
->display
, s
->window
, s
->gc
, s
->x
, s
->y
+ dy
,
2805 XGetGCValues (s
->display
, s
->gc
, GCForeground
, &xgcv
);
2806 XSetForeground (s
->display
, s
->gc
, s
->face
->strike_through_color
);
2807 XFillRectangle (s
->display
, s
->window
, s
->gc
, s
->x
, s
->y
+ dy
,
2809 XSetForeground (s
->display
, s
->gc
, xgcv
.foreground
);
2813 /* Draw relief if not yet drawn. */
2814 if (!relief_drawn_p
&& s
->face
->box
!= FACE_NO_BOX
)
2815 x_draw_glyph_string_box (s
);
2819 struct glyph_string
*prev
;
2821 for (prev
= s
->prev
; prev
; prev
= prev
->prev
)
2822 if (prev
->hl
!= s
->hl
2823 && prev
->x
+ prev
->width
+ prev
->right_overhang
> s
->x
)
2825 /* As prev was drawn while clipped to its own area, we
2826 must draw the right_overhang part using s->hl now. */
2827 enum draw_glyphs_face save
= prev
->hl
;
2830 x_set_glyph_string_gc (prev
);
2831 x_set_glyph_string_clipping_exactly (s
, prev
);
2832 if (prev
->first_glyph
->type
== CHAR_GLYPH
)
2833 x_draw_glyph_string_foreground (prev
);
2835 x_draw_composite_glyph_string_foreground (prev
);
2836 XSetClipMask (prev
->display
, prev
->gc
, None
);
2838 prev
->num_clips
= 0;
2844 struct glyph_string
*next
;
2846 for (next
= s
->next
; next
; next
= next
->next
)
2847 if (next
->hl
!= s
->hl
2848 && next
->x
- next
->left_overhang
< s
->x
+ s
->width
)
2850 /* As next will be drawn while clipped to its own area,
2851 we must draw the left_overhang part using s->hl now. */
2852 enum draw_glyphs_face save
= next
->hl
;
2855 x_set_glyph_string_gc (next
);
2856 x_set_glyph_string_clipping_exactly (s
, next
);
2857 if (next
->first_glyph
->type
== CHAR_GLYPH
)
2858 x_draw_glyph_string_foreground (next
);
2860 x_draw_composite_glyph_string_foreground (next
);
2861 XSetClipMask (next
->display
, next
->gc
, None
);
2863 next
->num_clips
= 0;
2868 /* Reset clipping. */
2869 XSetClipMask (s
->display
, s
->gc
, None
);
2873 /* Shift display to make room for inserted glyphs. */
2876 x_shift_glyphs_for_insert (f
, x
, y
, width
, height
, shift_by
)
2878 int x
, y
, width
, height
, shift_by
;
2880 XCopyArea (FRAME_X_DISPLAY (f
), FRAME_X_WINDOW (f
), FRAME_X_WINDOW (f
),
2881 f
->output_data
.x
->normal_gc
,
2882 x
, y
, width
, height
,
2886 /* Delete N glyphs at the nominal cursor position. Not implemented
2890 x_delete_glyphs (f
, n
)
2898 /* Like XClearArea, but check that WIDTH and HEIGHT are reasonable.
2899 If they are <= 0, this is probably an error. */
2902 x_clear_area (dpy
, window
, x
, y
, width
, height
, exposures
)
2909 xassert (width
> 0 && height
> 0);
2910 XClearArea (dpy
, window
, x
, y
, width
, height
, exposures
);
2914 /* Clear an entire frame. */
2917 x_clear_frame (struct frame
*f
)
2919 /* Clearing the frame will erase any cursor, so mark them all as no
2921 mark_window_cursors_off (XWINDOW (FRAME_ROOT_WINDOW (f
)));
2922 output_cursor
.hpos
= output_cursor
.vpos
= 0;
2923 output_cursor
.x
= -1;
2925 /* We don't set the output cursor here because there will always
2926 follow an explicit cursor_to. */
2928 XClearWindow (FRAME_X_DISPLAY (f
), FRAME_X_WINDOW (f
));
2930 /* We have to clear the scroll bars, too. If we have changed
2931 colors or something like that, then they should be notified. */
2932 x_scroll_bar_clear (f
);
2934 XFlush (FRAME_X_DISPLAY (f
));
2941 /* Invert the middle quarter of the frame for .15 sec. */
2943 /* We use the select system call to do the waiting, so we have to make
2944 sure it's available. If it isn't, we just won't do visual bells. */
2946 #if defined (HAVE_TIMEVAL) && defined (HAVE_SELECT)
2949 /* Subtract the `struct timeval' values X and Y, storing the result in
2950 *RESULT. Return 1 if the difference is negative, otherwise 0. */
2953 timeval_subtract (result
, x
, y
)
2954 struct timeval
*result
, x
, y
;
2956 /* Perform the carry for the later subtraction by updating y. This
2957 is safer because on some systems the tv_sec member is unsigned. */
2958 if (x
.tv_usec
< y
.tv_usec
)
2960 int nsec
= (y
.tv_usec
- x
.tv_usec
) / 1000000 + 1;
2961 y
.tv_usec
-= 1000000 * nsec
;
2965 if (x
.tv_usec
- y
.tv_usec
> 1000000)
2967 int nsec
= (y
.tv_usec
- x
.tv_usec
) / 1000000;
2968 y
.tv_usec
+= 1000000 * nsec
;
2972 /* Compute the time remaining to wait. tv_usec is certainly
2974 result
->tv_sec
= x
.tv_sec
- y
.tv_sec
;
2975 result
->tv_usec
= x
.tv_usec
- y
.tv_usec
;
2977 /* Return indication of whether the result should be considered
2979 return x
.tv_sec
< y
.tv_sec
;
2991 /* Create a GC that will use the GXxor function to flip foreground
2992 pixels into background pixels. */
2996 values
.function
= GXxor
;
2997 values
.foreground
= (FRAME_FOREGROUND_PIXEL (f
)
2998 ^ FRAME_BACKGROUND_PIXEL (f
));
3000 gc
= XCreateGC (FRAME_X_DISPLAY (f
), FRAME_X_WINDOW (f
),
3001 GCFunction
| GCForeground
, &values
);
3005 /* Get the height not including a menu bar widget. */
3006 int height
= FRAME_TEXT_LINES_TO_PIXEL_HEIGHT (f
, FRAME_LINES (f
));
3007 /* Height of each line to flash. */
3008 int flash_height
= FRAME_LINE_HEIGHT (f
);
3009 /* These will be the left and right margins of the rectangles. */
3010 int flash_left
= FRAME_INTERNAL_BORDER_WIDTH (f
);
3011 int flash_right
= FRAME_PIXEL_WIDTH (f
) - FRAME_INTERNAL_BORDER_WIDTH (f
);
3015 /* Don't flash the area between a scroll bar and the frame
3016 edge it is next to. */
3017 switch (FRAME_VERTICAL_SCROLL_BAR_TYPE (f
))
3019 case vertical_scroll_bar_left
:
3020 flash_left
+= VERTICAL_SCROLL_BAR_WIDTH_TRIM
;
3023 case vertical_scroll_bar_right
:
3024 flash_right
-= VERTICAL_SCROLL_BAR_WIDTH_TRIM
;
3031 width
= flash_right
- flash_left
;
3033 /* If window is tall, flash top and bottom line. */
3034 if (height
> 3 * FRAME_LINE_HEIGHT (f
))
3036 XFillRectangle (FRAME_X_DISPLAY (f
), FRAME_X_WINDOW (f
), gc
,
3038 (FRAME_INTERNAL_BORDER_WIDTH (f
)
3039 + FRAME_TOOL_BAR_LINES (f
) * FRAME_LINE_HEIGHT (f
)),
3040 width
, flash_height
);
3041 XFillRectangle (FRAME_X_DISPLAY (f
), FRAME_X_WINDOW (f
), gc
,
3043 (height
- flash_height
3044 - FRAME_INTERNAL_BORDER_WIDTH (f
)),
3045 width
, flash_height
);
3048 /* If it is short, flash it all. */
3049 XFillRectangle (FRAME_X_DISPLAY (f
), FRAME_X_WINDOW (f
), gc
,
3050 flash_left
, FRAME_INTERNAL_BORDER_WIDTH (f
),
3051 width
, height
- 2 * FRAME_INTERNAL_BORDER_WIDTH (f
));
3056 struct timeval wakeup
;
3058 EMACS_GET_TIME (wakeup
);
3060 /* Compute time to wait until, propagating carry from usecs. */
3061 wakeup
.tv_usec
+= 150000;
3062 wakeup
.tv_sec
+= (wakeup
.tv_usec
/ 1000000);
3063 wakeup
.tv_usec
%= 1000000;
3065 /* Keep waiting until past the time wakeup or any input gets
3067 while (! detect_input_pending ())
3069 struct timeval current
;
3070 struct timeval timeout
;
3072 EMACS_GET_TIME (current
);
3074 /* Break if result would be negative. */
3075 if (timeval_subtract (¤t
, wakeup
, current
))
3078 /* How long `select' should wait. */
3080 timeout
.tv_usec
= 10000;
3082 /* Try to wait that long--but we might wake up sooner. */
3083 select (0, NULL
, NULL
, NULL
, &timeout
);
3087 /* If window is tall, flash top and bottom line. */
3088 if (height
> 3 * FRAME_LINE_HEIGHT (f
))
3090 XFillRectangle (FRAME_X_DISPLAY (f
), FRAME_X_WINDOW (f
), gc
,
3092 (FRAME_INTERNAL_BORDER_WIDTH (f
)
3093 + FRAME_TOOL_BAR_LINES (f
) * FRAME_LINE_HEIGHT (f
)),
3094 width
, flash_height
);
3095 XFillRectangle (FRAME_X_DISPLAY (f
), FRAME_X_WINDOW (f
), gc
,
3097 (height
- flash_height
3098 - FRAME_INTERNAL_BORDER_WIDTH (f
)),
3099 width
, flash_height
);
3102 /* If it is short, flash it all. */
3103 XFillRectangle (FRAME_X_DISPLAY (f
), FRAME_X_WINDOW (f
), gc
,
3104 flash_left
, FRAME_INTERNAL_BORDER_WIDTH (f
),
3105 width
, height
- 2 * FRAME_INTERNAL_BORDER_WIDTH (f
));
3107 XFreeGC (FRAME_X_DISPLAY (f
), gc
);
3115 #endif /* defined (HAVE_TIMEVAL) && defined (HAVE_SELECT) */
3118 /* Make audible bell. */
3123 struct frame
*f
= SELECTED_FRAME ();
3125 if (FRAME_X_DISPLAY (f
))
3127 #if defined (HAVE_TIMEVAL) && defined (HAVE_SELECT)
3134 XBell (FRAME_X_DISPLAY (f
), 0);
3135 XFlush (FRAME_X_DISPLAY (f
));
3142 /* Specify how many text lines, from the top of the window,
3143 should be affected by insert-lines and delete-lines operations.
3144 This, and those operations, are used only within an update
3145 that is bounded by calls to x_update_begin and x_update_end. */
3148 XTset_terminal_window (n
)
3151 /* This function intentionally left blank. */
3156 /***********************************************************************
3158 ***********************************************************************/
3160 /* Perform an insert-lines or delete-lines operation, inserting N
3161 lines or deleting -N lines at vertical position VPOS. */
3164 x_ins_del_lines (f
, vpos
, n
)
3172 /* Scroll part of the display as described by RUN. */
3175 x_scroll_run (w
, run
)
3179 struct frame
*f
= XFRAME (w
->frame
);
3180 int x
, y
, width
, height
, from_y
, to_y
, bottom_y
;
3182 /* Get frame-relative bounding box of the text display area of W,
3183 without mode lines. Include in this box the left and right
3185 window_box (w
, -1, &x
, &y
, &width
, &height
);
3187 from_y
= WINDOW_TO_FRAME_PIXEL_Y (w
, run
->current_y
);
3188 to_y
= WINDOW_TO_FRAME_PIXEL_Y (w
, run
->desired_y
);
3189 bottom_y
= y
+ height
;
3193 /* Scrolling up. Make sure we don't copy part of the mode
3194 line at the bottom. */
3195 if (from_y
+ run
->height
> bottom_y
)
3196 height
= bottom_y
- from_y
;
3198 height
= run
->height
;
3202 /* Scolling down. Make sure we don't copy over the mode line.
3204 if (to_y
+ run
->height
> bottom_y
)
3205 height
= bottom_y
- to_y
;
3207 height
= run
->height
;
3212 /* Cursor off. Will be switched on again in x_update_window_end. */
3216 XCopyArea (FRAME_X_DISPLAY (f
),
3217 FRAME_X_WINDOW (f
), FRAME_X_WINDOW (f
),
3218 f
->output_data
.x
->normal_gc
,
3228 /***********************************************************************
3230 ***********************************************************************/
3237 /* We used to only do this if Vx_no_window_manager was non-nil, but
3238 the ICCCM (section 4.1.6) says that the window's border pixmap
3239 and border pixel are window attributes which are "private to the
3240 client", so we can always change it to whatever we want. */
3242 XSetWindowBorder (FRAME_X_DISPLAY (f
), FRAME_X_WINDOW (f
),
3243 f
->output_data
.x
->border_pixel
);
3245 x_update_cursor (f
, 1);
3246 x_set_frame_alpha (f
);
3250 frame_unhighlight (f
)
3253 /* We used to only do this if Vx_no_window_manager was non-nil, but
3254 the ICCCM (section 4.1.6) says that the window's border pixmap
3255 and border pixel are window attributes which are "private to the
3256 client", so we can always change it to whatever we want. */
3258 XSetWindowBorderPixmap (FRAME_X_DISPLAY (f
), FRAME_X_WINDOW (f
),
3259 f
->output_data
.x
->border_tile
);
3261 x_update_cursor (f
, 1);
3262 x_set_frame_alpha (f
);
3265 /* The focus has changed. Update the frames as necessary to reflect
3266 the new situation. Note that we can't change the selected frame
3267 here, because the Lisp code we are interrupting might become confused.
3268 Each event gets marked with the frame in which it occurred, so the
3269 Lisp code can tell when the switch took place by examining the events. */
3272 x_new_focus_frame (dpyinfo
, frame
)
3273 struct x_display_info
*dpyinfo
;
3274 struct frame
*frame
;
3276 struct frame
*old_focus
= dpyinfo
->x_focus_frame
;
3278 if (frame
!= dpyinfo
->x_focus_frame
)
3280 /* Set this before calling other routines, so that they see
3281 the correct value of x_focus_frame. */
3282 dpyinfo
->x_focus_frame
= frame
;
3284 if (old_focus
&& old_focus
->auto_lower
)
3285 x_lower_frame (old_focus
);
3288 selected_frame
= frame
;
3289 XSETFRAME (XWINDOW (selected_frame
->selected_window
)->frame
,
3291 Fselect_window (selected_frame
->selected_window
, Qnil
);
3292 choose_minibuf_frame ();
3295 if (dpyinfo
->x_focus_frame
&& dpyinfo
->x_focus_frame
->auto_raise
)
3296 pending_autoraise_frame
= dpyinfo
->x_focus_frame
;
3298 pending_autoraise_frame
= 0;
3301 x_frame_rehighlight (dpyinfo
);
3304 /* Handle FocusIn and FocusOut state changes for FRAME.
3305 If FRAME has focus and there exists more than one frame, puts
3306 a FOCUS_IN_EVENT into *BUFP. */
3309 x_focus_changed (type
, state
, dpyinfo
, frame
, bufp
)
3312 struct x_display_info
*dpyinfo
;
3313 struct frame
*frame
;
3314 struct input_event
*bufp
;
3316 if (type
== FocusIn
)
3318 if (dpyinfo
->x_focus_event_frame
!= frame
)
3320 x_new_focus_frame (dpyinfo
, frame
);
3321 dpyinfo
->x_focus_event_frame
= frame
;
3323 /* Don't stop displaying the initial startup message
3324 for a switch-frame event we don't need. */
3325 if (NILP (Vterminal_frame
)
3326 && CONSP (Vframe_list
)
3327 && !NILP (XCDR (Vframe_list
)))
3329 bufp
->kind
= FOCUS_IN_EVENT
;
3330 XSETFRAME (bufp
->frame_or_window
, frame
);
3334 frame
->output_data
.x
->focus_state
|= state
;
3337 if (FRAME_XIC (frame
))
3338 XSetICFocus (FRAME_XIC (frame
));
3341 else if (type
== FocusOut
)
3343 frame
->output_data
.x
->focus_state
&= ~state
;
3345 if (dpyinfo
->x_focus_event_frame
== frame
)
3347 dpyinfo
->x_focus_event_frame
= 0;
3348 x_new_focus_frame (dpyinfo
, 0);
3352 if (FRAME_XIC (frame
))
3353 XUnsetICFocus (FRAME_XIC (frame
));
3358 /* The focus may have changed. Figure out if it is a real focus change,
3359 by checking both FocusIn/Out and Enter/LeaveNotify events.
3361 Returns FOCUS_IN_EVENT event in *BUFP. */
3364 x_detect_focus_change (dpyinfo
, event
, bufp
)
3365 struct x_display_info
*dpyinfo
;
3367 struct input_event
*bufp
;
3369 struct frame
*frame
;
3371 frame
= x_any_window_to_frame (dpyinfo
, event
->xany
.window
);
3375 switch (event
->type
)
3380 struct frame
*focus_frame
= dpyinfo
->x_focus_event_frame
;
3382 = focus_frame
? focus_frame
->output_data
.x
->focus_state
: 0;
3384 if (event
->xcrossing
.detail
!= NotifyInferior
3385 && event
->xcrossing
.focus
3386 && ! (focus_state
& FOCUS_EXPLICIT
))
3387 x_focus_changed ((event
->type
== EnterNotify
? FocusIn
: FocusOut
),
3389 dpyinfo
, frame
, bufp
);
3395 x_focus_changed (event
->type
,
3396 (event
->xfocus
.detail
== NotifyPointer
?
3397 FOCUS_IMPLICIT
: FOCUS_EXPLICIT
),
3398 dpyinfo
, frame
, bufp
);
3402 if (event
->xclient
.message_type
== dpyinfo
->Xatom_XEMBED
)
3404 enum xembed_message msg
= event
->xclient
.data
.l
[1];
3405 x_focus_changed ((msg
== XEMBED_FOCUS_IN
? FocusIn
: FocusOut
),
3406 FOCUS_EXPLICIT
, dpyinfo
, frame
, bufp
);
3413 /* Handle an event saying the mouse has moved out of an Emacs frame. */
3416 x_mouse_leave (dpyinfo
)
3417 struct x_display_info
*dpyinfo
;
3419 x_new_focus_frame (dpyinfo
, dpyinfo
->x_focus_event_frame
);
3422 /* The focus has changed, or we have redirected a frame's focus to
3423 another frame (this happens when a frame uses a surrogate
3424 mini-buffer frame). Shift the highlight as appropriate.
3426 The FRAME argument doesn't necessarily have anything to do with which
3427 frame is being highlighted or un-highlighted; we only use it to find
3428 the appropriate X display info. */
3431 XTframe_rehighlight (frame
)
3432 struct frame
*frame
;
3434 x_frame_rehighlight (FRAME_X_DISPLAY_INFO (frame
));
3438 x_frame_rehighlight (dpyinfo
)
3439 struct x_display_info
*dpyinfo
;
3441 struct frame
*old_highlight
= dpyinfo
->x_highlight_frame
;
3443 if (dpyinfo
->x_focus_frame
)
3445 dpyinfo
->x_highlight_frame
3446 = ((FRAMEP (FRAME_FOCUS_FRAME (dpyinfo
->x_focus_frame
)))
3447 ? XFRAME (FRAME_FOCUS_FRAME (dpyinfo
->x_focus_frame
))
3448 : dpyinfo
->x_focus_frame
);
3449 if (! FRAME_LIVE_P (dpyinfo
->x_highlight_frame
))
3451 FRAME_FOCUS_FRAME (dpyinfo
->x_focus_frame
) = Qnil
;
3452 dpyinfo
->x_highlight_frame
= dpyinfo
->x_focus_frame
;
3456 dpyinfo
->x_highlight_frame
= 0;
3458 if (dpyinfo
->x_highlight_frame
!= old_highlight
)
3461 frame_unhighlight (old_highlight
);
3462 if (dpyinfo
->x_highlight_frame
)
3463 frame_highlight (dpyinfo
->x_highlight_frame
);
3469 /* Keyboard processing - modifier keys, vendor-specific keysyms, etc. */
3471 /* Initialize mode_switch_bit and modifier_meaning. */
3473 x_find_modifier_meanings (dpyinfo
)
3474 struct x_display_info
*dpyinfo
;
3476 int min_code
, max_code
;
3479 XModifierKeymap
*mods
;
3481 dpyinfo
->meta_mod_mask
= 0;
3482 dpyinfo
->shift_lock_mask
= 0;
3483 dpyinfo
->alt_mod_mask
= 0;
3484 dpyinfo
->super_mod_mask
= 0;
3485 dpyinfo
->hyper_mod_mask
= 0;
3487 XDisplayKeycodes (dpyinfo
->display
, &min_code
, &max_code
);
3489 syms
= XGetKeyboardMapping (dpyinfo
->display
,
3490 min_code
, max_code
- min_code
+ 1,
3492 mods
= XGetModifierMapping (dpyinfo
->display
);
3494 /* Scan the modifier table to see which modifier bits the Meta and
3495 Alt keysyms are on. */
3497 int row
, col
; /* The row and column in the modifier table. */
3498 int found_alt_or_meta
;
3500 for (row
= 3; row
< 8; row
++)
3502 found_alt_or_meta
= 0;
3503 for (col
= 0; col
< mods
->max_keypermod
; col
++)
3505 KeyCode code
= mods
->modifiermap
[(row
* mods
->max_keypermod
) + col
];
3507 /* Zeroes are used for filler. Skip them. */
3511 /* Are any of this keycode's keysyms a meta key? */
3515 for (code_col
= 0; code_col
< syms_per_code
; code_col
++)
3517 int sym
= syms
[((code
- min_code
) * syms_per_code
) + code_col
];
3523 found_alt_or_meta
= 1;
3524 dpyinfo
->meta_mod_mask
|= (1 << row
);
3529 found_alt_or_meta
= 1;
3530 dpyinfo
->alt_mod_mask
|= (1 << row
);
3535 if (!found_alt_or_meta
)
3536 dpyinfo
->hyper_mod_mask
|= (1 << row
);
3537 code_col
= syms_per_code
;
3538 col
= mods
->max_keypermod
;
3543 if (!found_alt_or_meta
)
3544 dpyinfo
->super_mod_mask
|= (1 << row
);
3545 code_col
= syms_per_code
;
3546 col
= mods
->max_keypermod
;
3550 /* Ignore this if it's not on the lock modifier. */
3551 if (!found_alt_or_meta
&& ((1 << row
) == LockMask
))
3552 dpyinfo
->shift_lock_mask
= LockMask
;
3553 code_col
= syms_per_code
;
3554 col
= mods
->max_keypermod
;
3563 /* If we couldn't find any meta keys, accept any alt keys as meta keys. */
3564 if (! dpyinfo
->meta_mod_mask
)
3566 dpyinfo
->meta_mod_mask
= dpyinfo
->alt_mod_mask
;
3567 dpyinfo
->alt_mod_mask
= 0;
3570 /* If some keys are both alt and meta,
3571 make them just meta, not alt. */
3572 if (dpyinfo
->alt_mod_mask
& dpyinfo
->meta_mod_mask
)
3574 dpyinfo
->alt_mod_mask
&= ~dpyinfo
->meta_mod_mask
;
3577 XFree ((char *) syms
);
3578 XFreeModifiermap (mods
);
3581 /* Convert between the modifier bits X uses and the modifier bits
3585 x_x_to_emacs_modifiers (dpyinfo
, state
)
3586 struct x_display_info
*dpyinfo
;
3589 EMACS_UINT mod_meta
= meta_modifier
;
3590 EMACS_UINT mod_alt
= alt_modifier
;
3591 EMACS_UINT mod_hyper
= hyper_modifier
;
3592 EMACS_UINT mod_super
= super_modifier
;
3595 tem
= Fget (Vx_alt_keysym
, Qmodifier_value
);
3596 if (! EQ (tem
, Qnil
)) mod_alt
= XUINT (tem
);
3597 tem
= Fget (Vx_meta_keysym
, Qmodifier_value
);
3598 if (! EQ (tem
, Qnil
)) mod_meta
= XUINT (tem
);
3599 tem
= Fget (Vx_hyper_keysym
, Qmodifier_value
);
3600 if (! EQ (tem
, Qnil
)) mod_hyper
= XUINT (tem
);
3601 tem
= Fget (Vx_super_keysym
, Qmodifier_value
);
3602 if (! EQ (tem
, Qnil
)) mod_super
= XUINT (tem
);
3605 return ( ((state
& (ShiftMask
| dpyinfo
->shift_lock_mask
)) ? shift_modifier
: 0)
3606 | ((state
& ControlMask
) ? ctrl_modifier
: 0)
3607 | ((state
& dpyinfo
->meta_mod_mask
) ? mod_meta
: 0)
3608 | ((state
& dpyinfo
->alt_mod_mask
) ? mod_alt
: 0)
3609 | ((state
& dpyinfo
->super_mod_mask
) ? mod_super
: 0)
3610 | ((state
& dpyinfo
->hyper_mod_mask
) ? mod_hyper
: 0));
3614 x_emacs_to_x_modifiers (dpyinfo
, state
)
3615 struct x_display_info
*dpyinfo
;
3618 EMACS_UINT mod_meta
= meta_modifier
;
3619 EMACS_UINT mod_alt
= alt_modifier
;
3620 EMACS_UINT mod_hyper
= hyper_modifier
;
3621 EMACS_UINT mod_super
= super_modifier
;
3625 tem
= Fget (Vx_alt_keysym
, Qmodifier_value
);
3626 if (! EQ (tem
, Qnil
)) mod_alt
= XUINT (tem
);
3627 tem
= Fget (Vx_meta_keysym
, Qmodifier_value
);
3628 if (! EQ (tem
, Qnil
)) mod_meta
= XUINT (tem
);
3629 tem
= Fget (Vx_hyper_keysym
, Qmodifier_value
);
3630 if (! EQ (tem
, Qnil
)) mod_hyper
= XUINT (tem
);
3631 tem
= Fget (Vx_super_keysym
, Qmodifier_value
);
3632 if (! EQ (tem
, Qnil
)) mod_super
= XUINT (tem
);
3635 return ( ((state
& mod_alt
) ? dpyinfo
->alt_mod_mask
: 0)
3636 | ((state
& mod_super
) ? dpyinfo
->super_mod_mask
: 0)
3637 | ((state
& mod_hyper
) ? dpyinfo
->hyper_mod_mask
: 0)
3638 | ((state
& shift_modifier
) ? ShiftMask
: 0)
3639 | ((state
& ctrl_modifier
) ? ControlMask
: 0)
3640 | ((state
& mod_meta
) ? dpyinfo
->meta_mod_mask
: 0));
3643 /* Convert a keysym to its name. */
3646 x_get_keysym_name (keysym
)
3652 value
= XKeysymToString (keysym
);
3660 /* Mouse clicks and mouse movement. Rah. */
3662 /* Prepare a mouse-event in *RESULT for placement in the input queue.
3664 If the event is a button press, then note that we have grabbed
3668 construct_mouse_click (result
, event
, f
)
3669 struct input_event
*result
;
3670 XButtonEvent
*event
;
3673 /* Make the event type NO_EVENT; we'll change that when we decide
3675 result
->kind
= MOUSE_CLICK_EVENT
;
3676 result
->code
= event
->button
- Button1
;
3677 result
->timestamp
= event
->time
;
3678 result
->modifiers
= (x_x_to_emacs_modifiers (FRAME_X_DISPLAY_INFO (f
),
3680 | (event
->type
== ButtonRelease
3684 XSETINT (result
->x
, event
->x
);
3685 XSETINT (result
->y
, event
->y
);
3686 XSETFRAME (result
->frame_or_window
, f
);
3692 /* Function to report a mouse movement to the mainstream Emacs code.
3693 The input handler calls this.
3695 We have received a mouse movement event, which is given in *event.
3696 If the mouse is over a different glyph than it was last time, tell
3697 the mainstream emacs code by setting mouse_moved. If not, ask for
3698 another motion event, so we can check again the next time it moves. */
3700 static XMotionEvent last_mouse_motion_event
;
3701 static Lisp_Object last_mouse_motion_frame
;
3704 note_mouse_movement (frame
, event
)
3706 XMotionEvent
*event
;
3708 last_mouse_movement_time
= event
->time
;
3709 last_mouse_motion_event
= *event
;
3710 XSETFRAME (last_mouse_motion_frame
, frame
);
3712 if (!FRAME_X_OUTPUT (frame
))
3715 if (event
->window
!= FRAME_X_WINDOW (frame
))
3717 frame
->mouse_moved
= 1;
3718 last_mouse_scroll_bar
= Qnil
;
3719 note_mouse_highlight (frame
, -1, -1);
3720 last_mouse_glyph_frame
= 0;
3725 /* Has the mouse moved off the glyph it was on at the last sighting? */
3726 if (frame
!= last_mouse_glyph_frame
3727 || event
->x
< last_mouse_glyph
.x
3728 || event
->x
>= last_mouse_glyph
.x
+ last_mouse_glyph
.width
3729 || event
->y
< last_mouse_glyph
.y
3730 || event
->y
>= last_mouse_glyph
.y
+ last_mouse_glyph
.height
)
3732 frame
->mouse_moved
= 1;
3733 last_mouse_scroll_bar
= Qnil
;
3734 note_mouse_highlight (frame
, event
->x
, event
->y
);
3735 /* Remember which glyph we're now on. */
3736 remember_mouse_glyph (frame
, event
->x
, event
->y
, &last_mouse_glyph
);
3737 last_mouse_glyph_frame
= frame
;
3745 /************************************************************************
3747 ************************************************************************/
3750 redo_mouse_highlight ()
3752 if (!NILP (last_mouse_motion_frame
)
3753 && FRAME_LIVE_P (XFRAME (last_mouse_motion_frame
)))
3754 note_mouse_highlight (XFRAME (last_mouse_motion_frame
),
3755 last_mouse_motion_event
.x
,
3756 last_mouse_motion_event
.y
);
3761 /* Return the current position of the mouse.
3762 *FP should be a frame which indicates which display to ask about.
3764 If the mouse movement started in a scroll bar, set *FP, *BAR_WINDOW,
3765 and *PART to the frame, window, and scroll bar part that the mouse
3766 is over. Set *X and *Y to the portion and whole of the mouse's
3767 position on the scroll bar.
3769 If the mouse movement started elsewhere, set *FP to the frame the
3770 mouse is on, *BAR_WINDOW to nil, and *X and *Y to the character cell
3773 Set *TIME to the server time-stamp for the time at which the mouse
3774 was at this position.
3776 Don't store anything if we don't have a valid set of values to report.
3778 This clears the mouse_moved flag, so we can wait for the next mouse
3782 XTmouse_position (fp
, insist
, bar_window
, part
, x
, y
, time
)
3785 Lisp_Object
*bar_window
;
3786 enum scroll_bar_part
*part
;
3788 unsigned long *time
;
3794 if (! NILP (last_mouse_scroll_bar
) && insist
== 0)
3795 x_scroll_bar_report_motion (fp
, bar_window
, part
, x
, y
, time
);
3801 Window dummy_window
;
3804 Lisp_Object frame
, tail
;
3806 /* Clear the mouse-moved flag for every frame on this display. */
3807 FOR_EACH_FRAME (tail
, frame
)
3808 if (FRAME_X_P (XFRAME (frame
))
3809 && FRAME_X_DISPLAY (XFRAME (frame
)) == FRAME_X_DISPLAY (*fp
))
3810 XFRAME (frame
)->mouse_moved
= 0;
3812 last_mouse_scroll_bar
= Qnil
;
3814 /* Figure out which root window we're on. */
3815 XQueryPointer (FRAME_X_DISPLAY (*fp
),
3816 DefaultRootWindow (FRAME_X_DISPLAY (*fp
)),
3818 /* The root window which contains the pointer. */
3821 /* Trash which we can't trust if the pointer is on
3822 a different screen. */
3825 /* The position on that root window. */
3828 /* More trash we can't trust. */
3831 /* Modifier keys and pointer buttons, about which
3833 (unsigned int *) &dummy
);
3835 /* Now we have a position on the root; find the innermost window
3836 containing the pointer. */
3840 int parent_x
= 0, parent_y
= 0;
3844 /* XTranslateCoordinates can get errors if the window
3845 structure is changing at the same time this function
3846 is running. So at least we must not crash from them. */
3848 x_catch_errors (FRAME_X_DISPLAY (*fp
));
3850 if (FRAME_X_DISPLAY_INFO (*fp
)->grabbed
&& last_mouse_frame
3851 && FRAME_LIVE_P (last_mouse_frame
))
3853 /* If mouse was grabbed on a frame, give coords for that frame
3854 even if the mouse is now outside it. */
3855 XTranslateCoordinates (FRAME_X_DISPLAY (*fp
),
3857 /* From-window, to-window. */
3858 root
, FRAME_X_WINDOW (last_mouse_frame
),
3860 /* From-position, to-position. */
3861 root_x
, root_y
, &win_x
, &win_y
,
3865 f1
= last_mouse_frame
;
3871 XTranslateCoordinates (FRAME_X_DISPLAY (*fp
),
3873 /* From-window, to-window. */
3876 /* From-position, to-position. */
3877 root_x
, root_y
, &win_x
, &win_y
,
3882 if (child
== None
|| child
== win
)
3890 /* Now we know that:
3891 win is the innermost window containing the pointer
3892 (XTC says it has no child containing the pointer),
3893 win_x and win_y are the pointer's position in it
3894 (XTC did this the last time through), and
3895 parent_x and parent_y are the pointer's position in win's parent.
3896 (They are what win_x and win_y were when win was child.
3897 If win is the root window, it has no parent, and
3898 parent_{x,y} are invalid, but that's okay, because we'll
3899 never use them in that case.) */
3901 /* Is win one of our frames? */
3902 f1
= x_any_window_to_frame (FRAME_X_DISPLAY_INFO (*fp
), win
);
3904 #ifdef USE_X_TOOLKIT
3905 /* If we end up with the menu bar window, say it's not
3908 && f1
->output_data
.x
->menubar_widget
3909 && win
== XtWindow (f1
->output_data
.x
->menubar_widget
))
3911 #endif /* USE_X_TOOLKIT */
3914 if (x_had_errors_p (FRAME_X_DISPLAY (*fp
)))
3917 x_uncatch_errors ();
3919 /* If not, is it one of our scroll bars? */
3922 struct scroll_bar
*bar
;
3924 bar
= x_window_to_scroll_bar (FRAME_X_DISPLAY (*fp
), win
);
3928 f1
= XFRAME (WINDOW_FRAME (XWINDOW (bar
->window
)));
3934 if (f1
== 0 && insist
> 0)
3935 f1
= SELECTED_FRAME ();
3939 /* Ok, we found a frame. Store all the values.
3940 last_mouse_glyph is a rectangle used to reduce the
3941 generation of mouse events. To not miss any motion
3942 events, we must divide the frame into rectangles of the
3943 size of the smallest character that could be displayed
3944 on it, i.e. into the same rectangles that matrices on
3945 the frame are divided into. */
3947 remember_mouse_glyph (f1
, win_x
, win_y
, &last_mouse_glyph
);
3948 last_mouse_glyph_frame
= f1
;
3953 XSETINT (*x
, win_x
);
3954 XSETINT (*y
, win_y
);
3955 *time
= last_mouse_movement_time
;
3965 /***********************************************************************
3967 ***********************************************************************/
3969 /* Scroll bar support. */
3971 /* Given an X window ID and a DISPLAY, find the struct scroll_bar which
3973 This can be called in GC, so we have to make sure to strip off mark
3976 static struct scroll_bar
*
3977 x_window_to_scroll_bar (display
, window_id
)
3983 #if defined (USE_GTK) && defined (USE_TOOLKIT_SCROLL_BARS)
3984 window_id
= (Window
) xg_get_scroll_id_for_window (display
, window_id
);
3985 #endif /* USE_GTK && USE_TOOLKIT_SCROLL_BARS */
3987 for (tail
= Vframe_list
; CONSP (tail
); tail
= XCDR (tail
))
3989 Lisp_Object frame
, bar
, condemned
;
3991 frame
= XCAR (tail
);
3992 /* All elements of Vframe_list should be frames. */
3993 if (! FRAMEP (frame
))
3996 if (! FRAME_X_P (XFRAME (frame
)))
3999 /* Scan this frame's scroll bar list for a scroll bar with the
4001 condemned
= FRAME_CONDEMNED_SCROLL_BARS (XFRAME (frame
));
4002 for (bar
= FRAME_SCROLL_BARS (XFRAME (frame
));
4003 /* This trick allows us to search both the ordinary and
4004 condemned scroll bar lists with one loop. */
4005 ! NILP (bar
) || (bar
= condemned
,
4008 bar
= XSCROLL_BAR (bar
)->next
)
4009 if (XSCROLL_BAR (bar
)->x_window
== window_id
&&
4010 FRAME_X_DISPLAY (XFRAME (frame
)) == display
)
4011 return XSCROLL_BAR (bar
);
4018 #if defined USE_LUCID
4020 /* Return the Lucid menu bar WINDOW is part of. Return null
4021 if WINDOW is not part of a menu bar. */
4024 x_window_to_menu_bar (window
)
4029 for (tail
= Vframe_list
; CONSP (tail
); tail
= XCDR (tail
))
4031 if (FRAME_X_P (XFRAME (XCAR (tail
))))
4033 Lisp_Object frame
= XCAR (tail
);
4034 Widget menu_bar
= XFRAME (frame
)->output_data
.x
->menubar_widget
;
4036 if (menu_bar
&& xlwmenu_window_p (menu_bar
, window
))
4044 #endif /* USE_LUCID */
4047 /************************************************************************
4049 ************************************************************************/
4051 #ifdef USE_TOOLKIT_SCROLL_BARS
4053 static void x_scroll_bar_to_input_event
P_ ((XEvent
*, struct input_event
*));
4054 static void x_send_scroll_bar_event
P_ ((Lisp_Object
, int, int, int));
4055 static void x_create_toolkit_scroll_bar
P_ ((struct frame
*,
4056 struct scroll_bar
*));
4057 static void x_set_toolkit_scroll_bar_thumb
P_ ((struct scroll_bar
*,
4061 /* Lisp window being scrolled. Set when starting to interact with
4062 a toolkit scroll bar, reset to nil when ending the interaction. */
4064 static Lisp_Object window_being_scrolled
;
4066 /* Last scroll bar part sent in xm_scroll_callback. */
4068 static int last_scroll_bar_part
;
4070 /* Whether this is an Xaw with arrow-scrollbars. This should imply
4071 that movements of 1/20 of the screen size are mapped to up/down. */
4074 /* Id of action hook installed for scroll bars. */
4076 static XtActionHookId action_hook_id
;
4078 static Boolean xaw3d_arrow_scroll
;
4080 /* Whether the drag scrolling maintains the mouse at the top of the
4081 thumb. If not, resizing the thumb needs to be done more carefully
4082 to avoid jerkyness. */
4084 static Boolean xaw3d_pick_top
;
4086 /* Action hook installed via XtAppAddActionHook when toolkit scroll
4087 bars are used.. The hook is responsible for detecting when
4088 the user ends an interaction with the scroll bar, and generates
4089 a `end-scroll' SCROLL_BAR_CLICK_EVENT' event if so. */
4092 xt_action_hook (widget
, client_data
, action_name
, event
, params
,
4095 XtPointer client_data
;
4099 Cardinal
*num_params
;
4105 scroll_bar_p
= XmIsScrollBar (widget
);
4106 end_action
= "Release";
4107 #else /* !USE_MOTIF i.e. use Xaw */
4108 scroll_bar_p
= XtIsSubclass (widget
, scrollbarWidgetClass
);
4109 end_action
= "EndScroll";
4110 #endif /* USE_MOTIF */
4113 && strcmp (action_name
, end_action
) == 0
4114 && WINDOWP (window_being_scrolled
))
4118 x_send_scroll_bar_event (window_being_scrolled
,
4119 scroll_bar_end_scroll
, 0, 0);
4120 w
= XWINDOW (window_being_scrolled
);
4122 if (!NILP (XSCROLL_BAR (w
->vertical_scroll_bar
)->dragging
))
4124 XSCROLL_BAR (w
->vertical_scroll_bar
)->dragging
= Qnil
;
4125 /* The thumb size is incorrect while dragging: fix it. */
4126 set_vertical_scroll_bar (w
);
4128 window_being_scrolled
= Qnil
;
4129 last_scroll_bar_part
= -1;
4131 /* Xt timeouts no longer needed. */
4132 toolkit_scroll_bar_interaction
= 0;
4135 #endif /* not USE_GTK */
4137 /* A vector of windows used for communication between
4138 x_send_scroll_bar_event and x_scroll_bar_to_input_event. */
4140 static struct window
**scroll_bar_windows
;
4141 static int scroll_bar_windows_size
;
4144 /* Send a client message with message type Xatom_Scrollbar for a
4145 scroll action to the frame of WINDOW. PART is a value identifying
4146 the part of the scroll bar that was clicked on. PORTION is the
4147 amount to scroll of a whole of WHOLE. */
4150 x_send_scroll_bar_event (window
, part
, portion
, whole
)
4152 int part
, portion
, whole
;
4155 XClientMessageEvent
*ev
= (XClientMessageEvent
*) &event
;
4156 struct window
*w
= XWINDOW (window
);
4157 struct frame
*f
= XFRAME (w
->frame
);
4162 /* Construct a ClientMessage event to send to the frame. */
4163 ev
->type
= ClientMessage
;
4164 ev
->message_type
= FRAME_X_DISPLAY_INFO (f
)->Xatom_Scrollbar
;
4165 ev
->display
= FRAME_X_DISPLAY (f
);
4166 ev
->window
= FRAME_X_WINDOW (f
);
4169 /* We can only transfer 32 bits in the XClientMessageEvent, which is
4170 not enough to store a pointer or Lisp_Object on a 64 bit system.
4171 So, store the window in scroll_bar_windows and pass the index
4172 into that array in the event. */
4173 for (i
= 0; i
< scroll_bar_windows_size
; ++i
)
4174 if (scroll_bar_windows
[i
] == NULL
)
4177 if (i
== scroll_bar_windows_size
)
4179 int new_size
= max (10, 2 * scroll_bar_windows_size
);
4180 size_t nbytes
= new_size
* sizeof *scroll_bar_windows
;
4181 size_t old_nbytes
= scroll_bar_windows_size
* sizeof *scroll_bar_windows
;
4183 scroll_bar_windows
= (struct window
**) xrealloc (scroll_bar_windows
,
4185 bzero (&scroll_bar_windows
[i
], nbytes
- old_nbytes
);
4186 scroll_bar_windows_size
= new_size
;
4189 scroll_bar_windows
[i
] = w
;
4190 ev
->data
.l
[0] = (long) i
;
4191 ev
->data
.l
[1] = (long) part
;
4192 ev
->data
.l
[2] = (long) 0;
4193 ev
->data
.l
[3] = (long) portion
;
4194 ev
->data
.l
[4] = (long) whole
;
4196 /* Make Xt timeouts work while the scroll bar is active. */
4197 toolkit_scroll_bar_interaction
= 1;
4198 #ifdef USE_X_TOOLKIT
4199 x_activate_timeout_atimer ();
4202 /* Setting the event mask to zero means that the message will
4203 be sent to the client that created the window, and if that
4204 window no longer exists, no event will be sent. */
4205 XSendEvent (FRAME_X_DISPLAY (f
), FRAME_X_WINDOW (f
), False
, 0, &event
);
4210 /* Transform a scroll bar ClientMessage EVENT to an Emacs input event
4214 x_scroll_bar_to_input_event (event
, ievent
)
4216 struct input_event
*ievent
;
4218 XClientMessageEvent
*ev
= (XClientMessageEvent
*) event
;
4223 w
= scroll_bar_windows
[ev
->data
.l
[0]];
4224 scroll_bar_windows
[ev
->data
.l
[0]] = NULL
;
4226 XSETWINDOW (window
, w
);
4227 f
= XFRAME (w
->frame
);
4229 ievent
->kind
= SCROLL_BAR_CLICK_EVENT
;
4230 ievent
->frame_or_window
= window
;
4233 ievent
->timestamp
= CurrentTime
;
4235 ievent
->timestamp
= XtLastTimestampProcessed (FRAME_X_DISPLAY (f
));
4237 ievent
->part
= ev
->data
.l
[1];
4238 ievent
->code
= ev
->data
.l
[2];
4239 ievent
->x
= make_number ((int) ev
->data
.l
[3]);
4240 ievent
->y
= make_number ((int) ev
->data
.l
[4]);
4241 ievent
->modifiers
= 0;
4247 /* Minimum and maximum values used for Motif scroll bars. */
4249 #define XM_SB_MAX 10000000
4252 /* Scroll bar callback for Motif scroll bars. WIDGET is the scroll
4253 bar widget. CLIENT_DATA is a pointer to the scroll_bar structure.
4254 CALL_DATA is a pointer to a XmScrollBarCallbackStruct. */
4257 xm_scroll_callback (widget
, client_data
, call_data
)
4259 XtPointer client_data
, call_data
;
4261 struct scroll_bar
*bar
= (struct scroll_bar
*) client_data
;
4262 XmScrollBarCallbackStruct
*cs
= (XmScrollBarCallbackStruct
*) call_data
;
4263 int part
= -1, whole
= 0, portion
= 0;
4267 case XmCR_DECREMENT
:
4268 bar
->dragging
= Qnil
;
4269 part
= scroll_bar_up_arrow
;
4272 case XmCR_INCREMENT
:
4273 bar
->dragging
= Qnil
;
4274 part
= scroll_bar_down_arrow
;
4277 case XmCR_PAGE_DECREMENT
:
4278 bar
->dragging
= Qnil
;
4279 part
= scroll_bar_above_handle
;
4282 case XmCR_PAGE_INCREMENT
:
4283 bar
->dragging
= Qnil
;
4284 part
= scroll_bar_below_handle
;
4288 bar
->dragging
= Qnil
;
4289 part
= scroll_bar_to_top
;
4292 case XmCR_TO_BOTTOM
:
4293 bar
->dragging
= Qnil
;
4294 part
= scroll_bar_to_bottom
;
4301 /* Get the slider size. */
4303 XtVaGetValues (widget
, XmNsliderSize
, &slider_size
, NULL
);
4306 whole
= XM_SB_MAX
- slider_size
;
4307 portion
= min (cs
->value
, whole
);
4308 part
= scroll_bar_handle
;
4309 bar
->dragging
= make_number (cs
->value
);
4313 case XmCR_VALUE_CHANGED
:
4319 window_being_scrolled
= bar
->window
;
4320 last_scroll_bar_part
= part
;
4321 x_send_scroll_bar_event (bar
->window
, part
, portion
, whole
);
4325 #elif defined USE_GTK
4327 /* Scroll bar callback for GTK scroll bars. WIDGET is the scroll
4328 bar widget. DATA is a pointer to the scroll_bar structure. */
4331 xg_scroll_callback (widget
, data
)
4335 struct scroll_bar
*bar
= (struct scroll_bar
*) data
;
4341 int part
= -1, whole
= 0, portion
= 0;
4342 GtkAdjustment
*adj
= GTK_ADJUSTMENT (gtk_range_get_adjustment (widget
));
4344 position
= gtk_adjustment_get_value (adj
);
4346 p
= g_object_get_data (G_OBJECT (widget
), XG_LAST_SB_DATA
);
4349 p
= (gdouble
*) xmalloc (sizeof (gdouble
));
4351 g_object_set_data (G_OBJECT (widget
), XG_LAST_SB_DATA
, p
);
4357 if (xg_ignore_gtk_scrollbar
) return;
4359 diff
= (int) (position
- previous
);
4361 if (diff
== (int) adj
->step_increment
)
4363 part
= scroll_bar_down_arrow
;
4364 bar
->dragging
= Qnil
;
4366 else if (-diff
== (int) adj
->step_increment
)
4368 part
= scroll_bar_up_arrow
;
4369 bar
->dragging
= Qnil
;
4371 else if (diff
== (int) adj
->page_increment
)
4373 part
= scroll_bar_below_handle
;
4374 bar
->dragging
= Qnil
;
4376 else if (-diff
== (int) adj
->page_increment
)
4378 part
= scroll_bar_above_handle
;
4379 bar
->dragging
= Qnil
;
4383 part
= scroll_bar_handle
;
4384 whole
= adj
->upper
- adj
->page_size
;
4385 portion
= min ((int)position
, whole
);
4386 bar
->dragging
= make_number ((int)portion
);
4391 window_being_scrolled
= bar
->window
;
4392 last_scroll_bar_part
= part
;
4393 x_send_scroll_bar_event (bar
->window
, part
, portion
, whole
);
4397 #else /* not USE_GTK and not USE_MOTIF */
4399 /* Xaw scroll bar callback. Invoked when the thumb is dragged.
4400 WIDGET is the scroll bar widget. CLIENT_DATA is a pointer to the
4401 scroll bar struct. CALL_DATA is a pointer to a float saying where
4405 xaw_jump_callback (widget
, client_data
, call_data
)
4407 XtPointer client_data
, call_data
;
4409 struct scroll_bar
*bar
= (struct scroll_bar
*) client_data
;
4410 float top
= *(float *) call_data
;
4412 int whole
, portion
, height
;
4415 /* Get the size of the thumb, a value between 0 and 1. */
4417 XtVaGetValues (widget
, XtNshown
, &shown
, XtNheight
, &height
, NULL
);
4421 portion
= shown
< 1 ? top
* whole
: 0;
4423 if (shown
< 1 && (eabs (top
+ shown
- 1) < 1.0/height
))
4424 /* Some derivatives of Xaw refuse to shrink the thumb when you reach
4425 the bottom, so we force the scrolling whenever we see that we're
4426 too close to the bottom (in x_set_toolkit_scroll_bar_thumb
4427 we try to ensure that we always stay two pixels away from the
4429 part
= scroll_bar_down_arrow
;
4431 part
= scroll_bar_handle
;
4433 window_being_scrolled
= bar
->window
;
4434 bar
->dragging
= make_number (portion
);
4435 last_scroll_bar_part
= part
;
4436 x_send_scroll_bar_event (bar
->window
, part
, portion
, whole
);
4440 /* Xaw scroll bar callback. Invoked for incremental scrolling.,
4441 i.e. line or page up or down. WIDGET is the Xaw scroll bar
4442 widget. CLIENT_DATA is a pointer to the scroll_bar structure for
4443 the scroll bar. CALL_DATA is an integer specifying the action that
4444 has taken place. Its magnitude is in the range 0..height of the
4445 scroll bar. Negative values mean scroll towards buffer start.
4446 Values < height of scroll bar mean line-wise movement. */
4449 xaw_scroll_callback (widget
, client_data
, call_data
)
4451 XtPointer client_data
, call_data
;
4453 struct scroll_bar
*bar
= (struct scroll_bar
*) client_data
;
4454 /* The position really is stored cast to a pointer. */
4455 int position
= (long) call_data
;
4459 /* Get the height of the scroll bar. */
4461 XtVaGetValues (widget
, XtNheight
, &height
, NULL
);
4464 if (eabs (position
) >= height
)
4465 part
= (position
< 0) ? scroll_bar_above_handle
: scroll_bar_below_handle
;
4467 /* If Xaw3d was compiled with ARROW_SCROLLBAR,
4468 it maps line-movement to call_data = max(5, height/20). */
4469 else if (xaw3d_arrow_scroll
&& eabs (position
) <= max (5, height
/ 20))
4470 part
= (position
< 0) ? scroll_bar_up_arrow
: scroll_bar_down_arrow
;
4472 part
= scroll_bar_move_ratio
;
4474 window_being_scrolled
= bar
->window
;
4475 bar
->dragging
= Qnil
;
4476 last_scroll_bar_part
= part
;
4477 x_send_scroll_bar_event (bar
->window
, part
, position
, height
);
4480 #endif /* not USE_GTK and not USE_MOTIF */
4482 #define SCROLL_BAR_NAME "verticalScrollBar"
4484 /* Create the widget for scroll bar BAR on frame F. Record the widget
4485 and X window of the scroll bar in BAR. */
4489 x_create_toolkit_scroll_bar (f
, bar
)
4491 struct scroll_bar
*bar
;
4493 char *scroll_bar_name
= SCROLL_BAR_NAME
;
4496 xg_create_scroll_bar (f
, bar
, G_CALLBACK (xg_scroll_callback
),
4501 #else /* not USE_GTK */
4504 x_create_toolkit_scroll_bar (f
, bar
)
4506 struct scroll_bar
*bar
;
4512 char *scroll_bar_name
= SCROLL_BAR_NAME
;
4513 unsigned long pixel
;
4518 /* Set resources. Create the widget. */
4519 XtSetArg (av
[ac
], XtNmappedWhenManaged
, False
); ++ac
;
4520 XtSetArg (av
[ac
], XmNminimum
, 0); ++ac
;
4521 XtSetArg (av
[ac
], XmNmaximum
, XM_SB_MAX
); ++ac
;
4522 XtSetArg (av
[ac
], XmNorientation
, XmVERTICAL
); ++ac
;
4523 XtSetArg (av
[ac
], XmNprocessingDirection
, XmMAX_ON_BOTTOM
), ++ac
;
4524 XtSetArg (av
[ac
], XmNincrement
, 1); ++ac
;
4525 XtSetArg (av
[ac
], XmNpageIncrement
, 1); ++ac
;
4527 pixel
= f
->output_data
.x
->scroll_bar_foreground_pixel
;
4530 XtSetArg (av
[ac
], XmNforeground
, pixel
);
4534 pixel
= f
->output_data
.x
->scroll_bar_background_pixel
;
4537 XtSetArg (av
[ac
], XmNbackground
, pixel
);
4541 widget
= XmCreateScrollBar (f
->output_data
.x
->edit_widget
,
4542 scroll_bar_name
, av
, ac
);
4544 /* Add one callback for everything that can happen. */
4545 XtAddCallback (widget
, XmNdecrementCallback
, xm_scroll_callback
,
4547 XtAddCallback (widget
, XmNdragCallback
, xm_scroll_callback
,
4549 XtAddCallback (widget
, XmNincrementCallback
, xm_scroll_callback
,
4551 XtAddCallback (widget
, XmNpageDecrementCallback
, xm_scroll_callback
,
4553 XtAddCallback (widget
, XmNpageIncrementCallback
, xm_scroll_callback
,
4555 XtAddCallback (widget
, XmNtoBottomCallback
, xm_scroll_callback
,
4557 XtAddCallback (widget
, XmNtoTopCallback
, xm_scroll_callback
,
4560 /* Realize the widget. Only after that is the X window created. */
4561 XtRealizeWidget (widget
);
4563 /* Set the cursor to an arrow. I didn't find a resource to do that.
4564 And I'm wondering why it hasn't an arrow cursor by default. */
4565 XDefineCursor (XtDisplay (widget
), XtWindow (widget
),
4566 f
->output_data
.x
->nontext_cursor
);
4568 #else /* !USE_MOTIF i.e. use Xaw */
4570 /* Set resources. Create the widget. The background of the
4571 Xaw3d scroll bar widget is a little bit light for my taste.
4572 We don't alter it here to let users change it according
4573 to their taste with `emacs*verticalScrollBar.background: xxx'. */
4574 XtSetArg (av
[ac
], XtNmappedWhenManaged
, False
); ++ac
;
4575 XtSetArg (av
[ac
], XtNorientation
, XtorientVertical
); ++ac
;
4576 /* For smoother scrolling with Xaw3d -sm */
4577 /* XtSetArg (av[ac], XtNpickTop, True); ++ac; */
4579 pixel
= f
->output_data
.x
->scroll_bar_foreground_pixel
;
4582 XtSetArg (av
[ac
], XtNforeground
, pixel
);
4586 pixel
= f
->output_data
.x
->scroll_bar_background_pixel
;
4589 XtSetArg (av
[ac
], XtNbackground
, pixel
);
4593 /* Top/bottom shadow colors. */
4595 /* Allocate them, if necessary. */
4596 if (f
->output_data
.x
->scroll_bar_top_shadow_pixel
== -1)
4598 pixel
= f
->output_data
.x
->scroll_bar_background_pixel
;
4599 if (!x_alloc_lighter_color (f
, FRAME_X_DISPLAY (f
), FRAME_X_COLORMAP (f
),
4600 &pixel
, 1.2, 0x8000))
4602 f
->output_data
.x
->scroll_bar_top_shadow_pixel
= pixel
;
4604 if (f
->output_data
.x
->scroll_bar_bottom_shadow_pixel
== -1)
4606 pixel
= f
->output_data
.x
->scroll_bar_background_pixel
;
4607 if (!x_alloc_lighter_color (f
, FRAME_X_DISPLAY (f
), FRAME_X_COLORMAP (f
),
4608 &pixel
, 0.6, 0x4000))
4610 f
->output_data
.x
->scroll_bar_bottom_shadow_pixel
= pixel
;
4613 #ifdef XtNbeNiceToColormap
4614 /* Tell the toolkit about them. */
4615 if (f
->output_data
.x
->scroll_bar_top_shadow_pixel
== -1
4616 || f
->output_data
.x
->scroll_bar_bottom_shadow_pixel
== -1)
4617 /* We tried to allocate a color for the top/bottom shadow, and
4618 failed, so tell Xaw3d to use dithering instead. */
4620 XtSetArg (av
[ac
], XtNbeNiceToColormap
, True
);
4624 /* Tell what colors Xaw3d should use for the top/bottom shadow, to
4625 be more consistent with other emacs 3d colors, and since Xaw3d is
4626 not good at dealing with allocation failure. */
4628 /* This tells Xaw3d to use real colors instead of dithering for
4630 XtSetArg (av
[ac
], XtNbeNiceToColormap
, False
);
4633 /* Specify the colors. */
4634 pixel
= f
->output_data
.x
->scroll_bar_top_shadow_pixel
;
4637 XtSetArg (av
[ac
], XtNtopShadowPixel
, pixel
);
4640 pixel
= f
->output_data
.x
->scroll_bar_bottom_shadow_pixel
;
4643 XtSetArg (av
[ac
], XtNbottomShadowPixel
, pixel
);
4649 widget
= XtCreateWidget (scroll_bar_name
, scrollbarWidgetClass
,
4650 f
->output_data
.x
->edit_widget
, av
, ac
);
4654 char *val
= initial
;
4655 XtVaGetValues (widget
, XtNscrollVCursor
, (XtPointer
) &val
,
4656 #ifdef XtNarrowScrollbars
4657 XtNarrowScrollbars
, (XtPointer
) &xaw3d_arrow_scroll
,
4659 XtNpickTop
, (XtPointer
) &xaw3d_pick_top
, NULL
);
4660 if (xaw3d_arrow_scroll
|| val
== initial
)
4661 { /* ARROW_SCROLL */
4662 xaw3d_arrow_scroll
= True
;
4663 /* Isn't that just a personal preference ? --Stef */
4664 XtVaSetValues (widget
, XtNcursorName
, "top_left_arrow", NULL
);
4668 /* Define callbacks. */
4669 XtAddCallback (widget
, XtNjumpProc
, xaw_jump_callback
, (XtPointer
) bar
);
4670 XtAddCallback (widget
, XtNscrollProc
, xaw_scroll_callback
,
4673 /* Realize the widget. Only after that is the X window created. */
4674 XtRealizeWidget (widget
);
4676 #endif /* !USE_MOTIF */
4678 /* Install an action hook that lets us detect when the user
4679 finishes interacting with a scroll bar. */
4680 if (action_hook_id
== 0)
4681 action_hook_id
= XtAppAddActionHook (Xt_app_con
, xt_action_hook
, 0);
4683 /* Remember X window and widget in the scroll bar vector. */
4684 SET_SCROLL_BAR_X_WIDGET (bar
, widget
);
4685 xwindow
= XtWindow (widget
);
4686 bar
->x_window
= xwindow
;
4690 #endif /* not USE_GTK */
4693 /* Set the thumb size and position of scroll bar BAR. We are currently
4694 displaying PORTION out of a whole WHOLE, and our position POSITION. */
4698 x_set_toolkit_scroll_bar_thumb (bar
, portion
, position
, whole
)
4699 struct scroll_bar
*bar
;
4700 int portion
, position
, whole
;
4702 xg_set_toolkit_scroll_bar_thumb (bar
, portion
, position
, whole
);
4705 #else /* not USE_GTK */
4707 x_set_toolkit_scroll_bar_thumb (bar
, portion
, position
, whole
)
4708 struct scroll_bar
*bar
;
4709 int portion
, position
, whole
;
4711 struct frame
*f
= XFRAME (WINDOW_FRAME (XWINDOW (bar
->window
)));
4712 Widget widget
= SCROLL_BAR_X_WIDGET (FRAME_X_DISPLAY (f
), bar
);
4719 /* We use an estimate of 30 chars per line rather than the real
4720 `portion' value. This has the disadvantage that the thumb size
4721 is not very representative, but it makes our life a lot easier.
4722 Otherwise, we have to constantly adjust the thumb size, which
4723 we can't always do quickly enough: while dragging, the size of
4724 the thumb might prevent the user from dragging the thumb all the
4725 way to the end. but Motif and some versions of Xaw3d don't allow
4726 updating the thumb size while dragging. Also, even if we can update
4727 its size, the update will often happen too late.
4728 If you don't believe it, check out revision 1.650 of xterm.c to see
4729 what hoops we were going through and the still poor behavior we got. */
4730 portion
= WINDOW_TOTAL_LINES (XWINDOW (bar
->window
)) * 30;
4731 /* When the thumb is at the bottom, position == whole.
4732 So we need to increase `whole' to make space for the thumb. */
4739 top
= (float) position
/ whole
;
4740 shown
= (float) portion
/ whole
;
4743 if (NILP (bar
->dragging
))
4747 /* Slider size. Must be in the range [1 .. MAX - MIN] where MAX
4748 is the scroll bar's maximum and MIN is the scroll bar's minimum
4750 size
= shown
* XM_SB_MAX
;
4751 size
= min (size
, XM_SB_MAX
);
4752 size
= max (size
, 1);
4754 /* Position. Must be in the range [MIN .. MAX - SLIDER_SIZE]. */
4755 value
= top
* XM_SB_MAX
;
4756 value
= min (value
, XM_SB_MAX
- size
);
4758 XmScrollBarSetValues (widget
, value
, size
, 0, 0, False
);
4760 #else /* !USE_MOTIF i.e. use Xaw */
4766 top
= (float) position
/ whole
;
4767 shown
= (float) portion
/ whole
;
4771 float old_top
, old_shown
;
4773 XtVaGetValues (widget
,
4774 XtNtopOfThumb
, &old_top
,
4775 XtNshown
, &old_shown
,
4779 /* Massage the top+shown values. */
4780 if (NILP (bar
->dragging
) || last_scroll_bar_part
== scroll_bar_down_arrow
)
4781 top
= max (0, min (1, top
));
4784 /* Keep two pixels available for moving the thumb down. */
4785 shown
= max (0, min (1 - top
- (2.0 / height
), shown
));
4787 /* If the call to XawScrollbarSetThumb below doesn't seem to work,
4788 check that your system's configuration file contains a define
4789 for `NARROWPROTO'. See s/freebsd.h for an example. */
4790 if (top
!= old_top
|| shown
!= old_shown
)
4792 if (NILP (bar
->dragging
))
4793 XawScrollbarSetThumb (widget
, top
, shown
);
4796 /* Try to make the scrolling a tad smoother. */
4797 if (!xaw3d_pick_top
)
4798 shown
= min (shown
, old_shown
);
4800 XawScrollbarSetThumb (widget
, top
, shown
);
4804 #endif /* !USE_MOTIF */
4808 #endif /* not USE_GTK */
4810 #endif /* USE_TOOLKIT_SCROLL_BARS */
4814 /************************************************************************
4815 Scroll bars, general
4816 ************************************************************************/
4818 /* Create a scroll bar and return the scroll bar vector for it. W is
4819 the Emacs window on which to create the scroll bar. TOP, LEFT,
4820 WIDTH and HEIGHT are the pixel coordinates and dimensions of the
4823 static struct scroll_bar
*
4824 x_scroll_bar_create (w
, top
, left
, width
, height
)
4826 int top
, left
, width
, height
;
4828 struct frame
*f
= XFRAME (w
->frame
);
4829 struct scroll_bar
*bar
4830 = ALLOCATE_PSEUDOVECTOR (struct scroll_bar
, x_window
, PVEC_OTHER
);
4834 #ifdef USE_TOOLKIT_SCROLL_BARS
4835 x_create_toolkit_scroll_bar (f
, bar
);
4836 #else /* not USE_TOOLKIT_SCROLL_BARS */
4838 XSetWindowAttributes a
;
4842 a
.background_pixel
= f
->output_data
.x
->scroll_bar_background_pixel
;
4843 if (a
.background_pixel
== -1)
4844 a
.background_pixel
= FRAME_BACKGROUND_PIXEL (f
);
4846 a
.event_mask
= (ButtonPressMask
| ButtonReleaseMask
4847 | ButtonMotionMask
| PointerMotionHintMask
4849 a
.cursor
= FRAME_X_DISPLAY_INFO (f
)->vertical_scroll_bar_cursor
;
4851 mask
= (CWBackPixel
| CWEventMask
| CWCursor
);
4853 /* Clear the area of W that will serve as a scroll bar. This is
4854 for the case that a window has been split horizontally. In
4855 this case, no clear_frame is generated to reduce flickering. */
4856 if (width
> 0 && height
> 0)
4857 x_clear_area (FRAME_X_DISPLAY (f
), FRAME_X_WINDOW (f
),
4859 window_box_height (w
), False
);
4861 window
= XCreateWindow (FRAME_X_DISPLAY (f
), FRAME_X_WINDOW (f
),
4862 /* Position and size of scroll bar. */
4863 left
+ VERTICAL_SCROLL_BAR_WIDTH_TRIM
,
4865 width
- VERTICAL_SCROLL_BAR_WIDTH_TRIM
* 2,
4867 /* Border width, depth, class, and visual. */
4874 bar
->x_window
= window
;
4876 #endif /* not USE_TOOLKIT_SCROLL_BARS */
4878 XSETWINDOW (bar
->window
, w
);
4882 bar
->height
= height
;
4885 bar
->dragging
= Qnil
;
4886 bar
->fringe_extended_p
= 0;
4888 /* Add bar to its frame's list of scroll bars. */
4889 bar
->next
= FRAME_SCROLL_BARS (f
);
4891 XSETVECTOR (FRAME_SCROLL_BARS (f
), bar
);
4892 if (!NILP (bar
->next
))
4893 XSETVECTOR (XSCROLL_BAR (bar
->next
)->prev
, bar
);
4895 /* Map the window/widget. */
4896 #ifdef USE_TOOLKIT_SCROLL_BARS
4899 xg_update_scrollbar_pos (f
,
4902 left
+ VERTICAL_SCROLL_BAR_WIDTH_TRIM
,
4903 width
- VERTICAL_SCROLL_BAR_WIDTH_TRIM
* 2,
4905 xg_show_scroll_bar (bar
->x_window
);
4906 #else /* not USE_GTK */
4907 Widget scroll_bar
= SCROLL_BAR_X_WIDGET (FRAME_X_DISPLAY (f
), bar
);
4908 XtConfigureWidget (scroll_bar
,
4909 left
+ VERTICAL_SCROLL_BAR_WIDTH_TRIM
,
4911 width
- VERTICAL_SCROLL_BAR_WIDTH_TRIM
* 2,
4912 max (height
, 1), 0);
4913 XtMapWidget (scroll_bar
);
4914 #endif /* not USE_GTK */
4916 #else /* not USE_TOOLKIT_SCROLL_BARS */
4917 XMapRaised (FRAME_X_DISPLAY (f
), bar
->x_window
);
4918 #endif /* not USE_TOOLKIT_SCROLL_BARS */
4925 #ifndef USE_TOOLKIT_SCROLL_BARS
4927 /* Draw BAR's handle in the proper position.
4929 If the handle is already drawn from START to END, don't bother
4930 redrawing it, unless REBUILD is non-zero; in that case, always
4931 redraw it. (REBUILD is handy for drawing the handle after expose
4934 Normally, we want to constrain the start and end of the handle to
4935 fit inside its rectangle, but if the user is dragging the scroll
4936 bar handle, we want to let them drag it down all the way, so that
4937 the bar's top is as far down as it goes; otherwise, there's no way
4938 to move to the very end of the buffer. */
4941 x_scroll_bar_set_handle (bar
, start
, end
, rebuild
)
4942 struct scroll_bar
*bar
;
4946 int dragging
= ! NILP (bar
->dragging
);
4947 Window w
= bar
->x_window
;
4948 FRAME_PTR f
= XFRAME (WINDOW_FRAME (XWINDOW (bar
->window
)));
4949 GC gc
= f
->output_data
.x
->normal_gc
;
4951 /* If the display is already accurate, do nothing. */
4953 && start
== bar
->start
4960 int inside_width
= VERTICAL_SCROLL_BAR_INSIDE_WIDTH (f
, bar
->width
);
4961 int inside_height
= VERTICAL_SCROLL_BAR_INSIDE_HEIGHT (f
, bar
->height
);
4962 int top_range
= VERTICAL_SCROLL_BAR_TOP_RANGE (f
, bar
->height
);
4964 /* Make sure the values are reasonable, and try to preserve
4965 the distance between start and end. */
4967 int length
= end
- start
;
4971 else if (start
> top_range
)
4973 end
= start
+ length
;
4977 else if (end
> top_range
&& ! dragging
)
4981 /* Store the adjusted setting in the scroll bar. */
4985 /* Clip the end position, just for display. */
4986 if (end
> top_range
)
4989 /* Draw bottom positions VERTICAL_SCROLL_BAR_MIN_HANDLE pixels
4990 below top positions, to make sure the handle is always at least
4991 that many pixels tall. */
4992 end
+= VERTICAL_SCROLL_BAR_MIN_HANDLE
;
4994 /* Draw the empty space above the handle. Note that we can't clear
4995 zero-height areas; that means "clear to end of window." */
4997 x_clear_area (FRAME_X_DISPLAY (f
), w
,
4998 /* x, y, width, height, and exposures. */
4999 VERTICAL_SCROLL_BAR_LEFT_BORDER
,
5000 VERTICAL_SCROLL_BAR_TOP_BORDER
,
5001 inside_width
, start
,
5004 /* Change to proper foreground color if one is specified. */
5005 if (f
->output_data
.x
->scroll_bar_foreground_pixel
!= -1)
5006 XSetForeground (FRAME_X_DISPLAY (f
), gc
,
5007 f
->output_data
.x
->scroll_bar_foreground_pixel
);
5009 /* Draw the handle itself. */
5010 XFillRectangle (FRAME_X_DISPLAY (f
), w
, gc
,
5011 /* x, y, width, height */
5012 VERTICAL_SCROLL_BAR_LEFT_BORDER
,
5013 VERTICAL_SCROLL_BAR_TOP_BORDER
+ start
,
5014 inside_width
, end
- start
);
5016 /* Restore the foreground color of the GC if we changed it above. */
5017 if (f
->output_data
.x
->scroll_bar_foreground_pixel
!= -1)
5018 XSetForeground (FRAME_X_DISPLAY (f
), gc
,
5019 FRAME_FOREGROUND_PIXEL (f
));
5021 /* Draw the empty space below the handle. Note that we can't
5022 clear zero-height areas; that means "clear to end of window." */
5023 if (end
< inside_height
)
5024 x_clear_area (FRAME_X_DISPLAY (f
), w
,
5025 /* x, y, width, height, and exposures. */
5026 VERTICAL_SCROLL_BAR_LEFT_BORDER
,
5027 VERTICAL_SCROLL_BAR_TOP_BORDER
+ end
,
5028 inside_width
, inside_height
- end
,
5036 #endif /* !USE_TOOLKIT_SCROLL_BARS */
5038 /* Destroy scroll bar BAR, and set its Emacs window's scroll bar to
5042 x_scroll_bar_remove (bar
)
5043 struct scroll_bar
*bar
;
5045 struct frame
*f
= XFRAME (WINDOW_FRAME (XWINDOW (bar
->window
)));
5048 #ifdef USE_TOOLKIT_SCROLL_BARS
5050 xg_remove_scroll_bar (f
, bar
->x_window
);
5051 #else /* not USE_GTK */
5052 XtDestroyWidget (SCROLL_BAR_X_WIDGET (FRAME_X_DISPLAY (f
), bar
));
5053 #endif /* not USE_GTK */
5055 XDestroyWindow (FRAME_X_DISPLAY (f
), bar
->x_window
);
5058 /* Disassociate this scroll bar from its window. */
5059 XWINDOW (bar
->window
)->vertical_scroll_bar
= Qnil
;
5065 /* Set the handle of the vertical scroll bar for WINDOW to indicate
5066 that we are displaying PORTION characters out of a total of WHOLE
5067 characters, starting at POSITION. If WINDOW has no scroll bar,
5071 XTset_vertical_scroll_bar (w
, portion
, whole
, position
)
5073 int portion
, whole
, position
;
5075 struct frame
*f
= XFRAME (w
->frame
);
5076 struct scroll_bar
*bar
;
5077 int top
, height
, left
, sb_left
, width
, sb_width
;
5078 int window_y
, window_height
;
5079 #ifdef USE_TOOLKIT_SCROLL_BARS
5080 int fringe_extended_p
;
5083 /* Get window dimensions. */
5084 window_box (w
, -1, 0, &window_y
, 0, &window_height
);
5086 width
= WINDOW_CONFIG_SCROLL_BAR_COLS (w
) * FRAME_COLUMN_WIDTH (f
);
5087 height
= window_height
;
5089 /* Compute the left edge of the scroll bar area. */
5090 left
= WINDOW_SCROLL_BAR_AREA_X (w
);
5092 /* Compute the width of the scroll bar which might be less than
5093 the width of the area reserved for the scroll bar. */
5094 if (WINDOW_CONFIG_SCROLL_BAR_WIDTH (w
) > 0)
5095 sb_width
= WINDOW_CONFIG_SCROLL_BAR_WIDTH (w
);
5099 /* Compute the left edge of the scroll bar. */
5100 #ifdef USE_TOOLKIT_SCROLL_BARS
5101 if (WINDOW_HAS_VERTICAL_SCROLL_BAR_ON_RIGHT (w
))
5102 sb_left
= left
+ (WINDOW_RIGHTMOST_P (w
) ? width
- sb_width
: 0);
5104 sb_left
= left
+ (WINDOW_LEFTMOST_P (w
) ? 0 : width
- sb_width
);
5106 if (WINDOW_HAS_VERTICAL_SCROLL_BAR_ON_RIGHT (w
))
5107 sb_left
= left
+ width
- sb_width
;
5112 #ifdef USE_TOOLKIT_SCROLL_BARS
5113 if (WINDOW_HAS_VERTICAL_SCROLL_BAR_ON_LEFT (w
))
5114 fringe_extended_p
= (WINDOW_LEFTMOST_P (w
)
5115 && WINDOW_LEFT_FRINGE_WIDTH (w
)
5116 && (WINDOW_HAS_FRINGES_OUTSIDE_MARGINS (w
)
5117 || WINDOW_LEFT_MARGIN_COLS (w
) == 0));
5119 fringe_extended_p
= (WINDOW_RIGHTMOST_P (w
)
5120 && WINDOW_RIGHT_FRINGE_WIDTH (w
)
5121 && (WINDOW_HAS_FRINGES_OUTSIDE_MARGINS (w
)
5122 || WINDOW_RIGHT_MARGIN_COLS (w
) == 0));
5125 /* Does the scroll bar exist yet? */
5126 if (NILP (w
->vertical_scroll_bar
))
5128 if (width
> 0 && height
> 0)
5131 #ifdef USE_TOOLKIT_SCROLL_BARS
5132 if (fringe_extended_p
)
5133 x_clear_area (FRAME_X_DISPLAY (f
), FRAME_X_WINDOW (f
),
5134 sb_left
, top
, sb_width
, height
, False
);
5137 x_clear_area (FRAME_X_DISPLAY (f
), FRAME_X_WINDOW (f
),
5138 left
, top
, width
, height
, False
);
5142 bar
= x_scroll_bar_create (w
, top
, sb_left
, sb_width
, height
);
5146 /* It may just need to be moved and resized. */
5147 unsigned int mask
= 0;
5149 bar
= XSCROLL_BAR (w
->vertical_scroll_bar
);
5153 if (sb_left
!= bar
->left
)
5155 if (top
!= bar
->top
)
5157 if (sb_width
!= bar
->width
)
5159 if (height
!= bar
->height
)
5162 #ifdef USE_TOOLKIT_SCROLL_BARS
5164 /* Move/size the scroll bar widget. */
5165 if (mask
|| bar
->fringe_extended_p
!= fringe_extended_p
)
5167 /* Since toolkit scroll bars are smaller than the space reserved
5168 for them on the frame, we have to clear "under" them. */
5169 if (width
> 0 && height
> 0)
5171 if (fringe_extended_p
)
5172 x_clear_area (FRAME_X_DISPLAY (f
), FRAME_X_WINDOW (f
),
5173 sb_left
, top
, sb_width
, height
, False
);
5175 x_clear_area (FRAME_X_DISPLAY (f
), FRAME_X_WINDOW (f
),
5176 left
, top
, width
, height
, False
);
5179 xg_update_scrollbar_pos (f
,
5182 sb_left
+ VERTICAL_SCROLL_BAR_WIDTH_TRIM
,
5183 sb_width
- VERTICAL_SCROLL_BAR_WIDTH_TRIM
*2,
5185 #else /* not USE_GTK */
5186 XtConfigureWidget (SCROLL_BAR_X_WIDGET (FRAME_X_DISPLAY (f
), bar
),
5187 sb_left
+ VERTICAL_SCROLL_BAR_WIDTH_TRIM
,
5189 sb_width
- VERTICAL_SCROLL_BAR_WIDTH_TRIM
* 2,
5190 max (height
, 1), 0);
5191 #endif /* not USE_GTK */
5193 #else /* not USE_TOOLKIT_SCROLL_BARS */
5195 /* Clear areas not covered by the scroll bar because of
5196 VERTICAL_SCROLL_BAR_WIDTH_TRIM. */
5197 if (VERTICAL_SCROLL_BAR_WIDTH_TRIM
)
5199 x_clear_area (FRAME_X_DISPLAY (f
), FRAME_X_WINDOW (f
),
5200 left
, top
, VERTICAL_SCROLL_BAR_WIDTH_TRIM
,
5202 x_clear_area (FRAME_X_DISPLAY (f
), FRAME_X_WINDOW (f
),
5203 left
+ width
- VERTICAL_SCROLL_BAR_WIDTH_TRIM
,
5204 top
, VERTICAL_SCROLL_BAR_WIDTH_TRIM
,
5208 /* Clear areas not covered by the scroll bar because it's not as
5209 wide as the area reserved for it. This makes sure a
5210 previous mode line display is cleared after C-x 2 C-x 1, for
5213 int area_width
= WINDOW_CONFIG_SCROLL_BAR_COLS (w
) * FRAME_COLUMN_WIDTH (f
);
5214 int rest
= area_width
- sb_width
;
5215 if (rest
> 0 && height
> 0)
5217 if (WINDOW_HAS_VERTICAL_SCROLL_BAR_ON_LEFT (w
))
5218 x_clear_area (FRAME_X_DISPLAY (f
), FRAME_X_WINDOW (f
),
5219 left
+ area_width
- rest
, top
,
5220 rest
, height
, False
);
5222 x_clear_area (FRAME_X_DISPLAY (f
), FRAME_X_WINDOW (f
),
5223 left
, top
, rest
, height
, False
);
5227 /* Move/size the scroll bar window. */
5232 wc
.x
= sb_left
+ VERTICAL_SCROLL_BAR_WIDTH_TRIM
;
5234 wc
.width
= sb_width
- VERTICAL_SCROLL_BAR_WIDTH_TRIM
* 2;
5236 XConfigureWindow (FRAME_X_DISPLAY (f
), bar
->x_window
,
5240 #endif /* not USE_TOOLKIT_SCROLL_BARS */
5242 /* Remember new settings. */
5243 bar
->left
= sb_left
;
5245 bar
->width
= sb_width
;
5246 bar
->height
= height
;
5251 #ifdef USE_TOOLKIT_SCROLL_BARS
5252 bar
->fringe_extended_p
= fringe_extended_p
;
5254 x_set_toolkit_scroll_bar_thumb (bar
, portion
, position
, whole
);
5255 #else /* not USE_TOOLKIT_SCROLL_BARS */
5256 /* Set the scroll bar's current state, unless we're currently being
5258 if (NILP (bar
->dragging
))
5260 int top_range
= VERTICAL_SCROLL_BAR_TOP_RANGE (f
, height
);
5263 x_scroll_bar_set_handle (bar
, 0, top_range
, 0);
5266 int start
= ((double) position
* top_range
) / whole
;
5267 int end
= ((double) (position
+ portion
) * top_range
) / whole
;
5268 x_scroll_bar_set_handle (bar
, start
, end
, 0);
5271 #endif /* not USE_TOOLKIT_SCROLL_BARS */
5273 XSETVECTOR (w
->vertical_scroll_bar
, bar
);
5277 /* The following three hooks are used when we're doing a thorough
5278 redisplay of the frame. We don't explicitly know which scroll bars
5279 are going to be deleted, because keeping track of when windows go
5280 away is a real pain - "Can you say set-window-configuration, boys
5281 and girls?" Instead, we just assert at the beginning of redisplay
5282 that *all* scroll bars are to be removed, and then save a scroll bar
5283 from the fiery pit when we actually redisplay its window. */
5285 /* Arrange for all scroll bars on FRAME to be removed at the next call
5286 to `*judge_scroll_bars_hook'. A scroll bar may be spared if
5287 `*redeem_scroll_bar_hook' is applied to its window before the judgment. */
5290 XTcondemn_scroll_bars (frame
)
5293 /* Transfer all the scroll bars to FRAME_CONDEMNED_SCROLL_BARS. */
5294 while (! NILP (FRAME_SCROLL_BARS (frame
)))
5297 bar
= FRAME_SCROLL_BARS (frame
);
5298 FRAME_SCROLL_BARS (frame
) = XSCROLL_BAR (bar
)->next
;
5299 XSCROLL_BAR (bar
)->next
= FRAME_CONDEMNED_SCROLL_BARS (frame
);
5300 XSCROLL_BAR (bar
)->prev
= Qnil
;
5301 if (! NILP (FRAME_CONDEMNED_SCROLL_BARS (frame
)))
5302 XSCROLL_BAR (FRAME_CONDEMNED_SCROLL_BARS (frame
))->prev
= bar
;
5303 FRAME_CONDEMNED_SCROLL_BARS (frame
) = bar
;
5308 /* Un-mark WINDOW's scroll bar for deletion in this judgment cycle.
5309 Note that WINDOW isn't necessarily condemned at all. */
5312 XTredeem_scroll_bar (window
)
5313 struct window
*window
;
5315 struct scroll_bar
*bar
;
5318 /* We can't redeem this window's scroll bar if it doesn't have one. */
5319 if (NILP (window
->vertical_scroll_bar
))
5322 bar
= XSCROLL_BAR (window
->vertical_scroll_bar
);
5324 /* Unlink it from the condemned list. */
5325 f
= XFRAME (WINDOW_FRAME (window
));
5326 if (NILP (bar
->prev
))
5328 /* If the prev pointer is nil, it must be the first in one of
5330 if (EQ (FRAME_SCROLL_BARS (f
), window
->vertical_scroll_bar
))
5331 /* It's not condemned. Everything's fine. */
5333 else if (EQ (FRAME_CONDEMNED_SCROLL_BARS (f
),
5334 window
->vertical_scroll_bar
))
5335 FRAME_CONDEMNED_SCROLL_BARS (f
) = bar
->next
;
5337 /* If its prev pointer is nil, it must be at the front of
5338 one or the other! */
5342 XSCROLL_BAR (bar
->prev
)->next
= bar
->next
;
5344 if (! NILP (bar
->next
))
5345 XSCROLL_BAR (bar
->next
)->prev
= bar
->prev
;
5347 bar
->next
= FRAME_SCROLL_BARS (f
);
5349 XSETVECTOR (FRAME_SCROLL_BARS (f
), bar
);
5350 if (! NILP (bar
->next
))
5351 XSETVECTOR (XSCROLL_BAR (bar
->next
)->prev
, bar
);
5354 /* Remove all scroll bars on FRAME that haven't been saved since the
5355 last call to `*condemn_scroll_bars_hook'. */
5358 XTjudge_scroll_bars (f
)
5361 Lisp_Object bar
, next
;
5363 bar
= FRAME_CONDEMNED_SCROLL_BARS (f
);
5365 /* Clear out the condemned list now so we won't try to process any
5366 more events on the hapless scroll bars. */
5367 FRAME_CONDEMNED_SCROLL_BARS (f
) = Qnil
;
5369 for (; ! NILP (bar
); bar
= next
)
5371 struct scroll_bar
*b
= XSCROLL_BAR (bar
);
5373 x_scroll_bar_remove (b
);
5376 b
->next
= b
->prev
= Qnil
;
5379 /* Now there should be no references to the condemned scroll bars,
5380 and they should get garbage-collected. */
5384 #ifndef USE_TOOLKIT_SCROLL_BARS
5385 /* Handle an Expose or GraphicsExpose event on a scroll bar. This
5386 is a no-op when using toolkit scroll bars.
5388 This may be called from a signal handler, so we have to ignore GC
5392 x_scroll_bar_expose (bar
, event
)
5393 struct scroll_bar
*bar
;
5396 Window w
= bar
->x_window
;
5397 FRAME_PTR f
= XFRAME (WINDOW_FRAME (XWINDOW (bar
->window
)));
5398 GC gc
= f
->output_data
.x
->normal_gc
;
5399 int width_trim
= VERTICAL_SCROLL_BAR_WIDTH_TRIM
;
5403 x_scroll_bar_set_handle (bar
, bar
->start
, bar
->end
, 1);
5405 /* Switch to scroll bar foreground color. */
5406 if (f
->output_data
.x
->scroll_bar_foreground_pixel
!= -1)
5407 XSetForeground (FRAME_X_DISPLAY (f
), gc
,
5408 f
->output_data
.x
->scroll_bar_foreground_pixel
);
5410 /* Draw a one-pixel border just inside the edges of the scroll bar. */
5411 XDrawRectangle (FRAME_X_DISPLAY (f
), w
, gc
,
5413 /* x, y, width, height */
5415 bar
->width
- 1 - width_trim
- width_trim
,
5418 /* Restore the foreground color of the GC if we changed it above. */
5419 if (f
->output_data
.x
->scroll_bar_foreground_pixel
!= -1)
5420 XSetForeground (FRAME_X_DISPLAY (f
), gc
,
5421 FRAME_FOREGROUND_PIXEL (f
));
5426 #endif /* not USE_TOOLKIT_SCROLL_BARS */
5428 /* Handle a mouse click on the scroll bar BAR. If *EMACS_EVENT's kind
5429 is set to something other than NO_EVENT, it is enqueued.
5431 This may be called from a signal handler, so we have to ignore GC
5436 x_scroll_bar_handle_click (bar
, event
, emacs_event
)
5437 struct scroll_bar
*bar
;
5439 struct input_event
*emacs_event
;
5441 if (! WINDOWP (bar
->window
))
5444 emacs_event
->kind
= SCROLL_BAR_CLICK_EVENT
;
5445 emacs_event
->code
= event
->xbutton
.button
- Button1
;
5446 emacs_event
->modifiers
5447 = (x_x_to_emacs_modifiers (FRAME_X_DISPLAY_INFO
5448 (XFRAME (WINDOW_FRAME (XWINDOW (bar
->window
)))),
5449 event
->xbutton
.state
)
5450 | (event
->type
== ButtonRelease
5453 emacs_event
->frame_or_window
= bar
->window
;
5454 emacs_event
->arg
= Qnil
;
5455 emacs_event
->timestamp
= event
->xbutton
.time
;
5458 FRAME_PTR f
= XFRAME (WINDOW_FRAME (XWINDOW (bar
->window
)));
5460 = VERTICAL_SCROLL_BAR_INSIDE_HEIGHT (f
, bar
->height
);
5463 = VERTICAL_SCROLL_BAR_TOP_RANGE (f
, bar
->height
);
5464 int y
= event
->xbutton
.y
- VERTICAL_SCROLL_BAR_TOP_BORDER
;
5467 if (y
> top_range
) y
= top_range
;
5470 emacs_event
->part
= scroll_bar_above_handle
;
5471 else if (y
< bar
->end
+ VERTICAL_SCROLL_BAR_MIN_HANDLE
)
5472 emacs_event
->part
= scroll_bar_handle
;
5474 emacs_event
->part
= scroll_bar_below_handle
;
5476 /* Just because the user has clicked on the handle doesn't mean
5477 they want to drag it. Lisp code needs to be able to decide
5478 whether or not we're dragging. */
5480 /* If the user has just clicked on the handle, record where they're
5482 if (event
->type
== ButtonPress
5483 && emacs_event
->part
== scroll_bar_handle
)
5484 XSETINT (bar
->dragging
, y
- bar
->start
);
5487 #ifndef USE_TOOLKIT_SCROLL_BARS
5488 /* If the user has released the handle, set it to its final position. */
5489 if (event
->type
== ButtonRelease
5490 && ! NILP (bar
->dragging
))
5492 int new_start
= y
- XINT (bar
->dragging
);
5493 int new_end
= new_start
+ bar
->end
- bar
->start
;
5495 x_scroll_bar_set_handle (bar
, new_start
, new_end
, 0);
5496 bar
->dragging
= Qnil
;
5500 /* Same deal here as the other #if 0. */
5502 /* Clicks on the handle are always reported as occurring at the top of
5504 if (emacs_event
->part
== scroll_bar_handle
)
5505 emacs_event
->x
= bar
->start
;
5507 XSETINT (emacs_event
->x
, y
);
5509 XSETINT (emacs_event
->x
, y
);
5512 XSETINT (emacs_event
->y
, top_range
);
5516 #ifndef USE_TOOLKIT_SCROLL_BARS
5518 /* Handle some mouse motion while someone is dragging the scroll bar.
5520 This may be called from a signal handler, so we have to ignore GC
5524 x_scroll_bar_note_movement (bar
, event
)
5525 struct scroll_bar
*bar
;
5528 FRAME_PTR f
= XFRAME (XWINDOW (bar
->window
)->frame
);
5530 last_mouse_movement_time
= event
->xmotion
.time
;
5533 XSETVECTOR (last_mouse_scroll_bar
, bar
);
5535 /* If we're dragging the bar, display it. */
5536 if (! NILP (bar
->dragging
))
5538 /* Where should the handle be now? */
5539 int new_start
= event
->xmotion
.y
- XINT (bar
->dragging
);
5541 if (new_start
!= bar
->start
)
5543 int new_end
= new_start
+ bar
->end
- bar
->start
;
5545 x_scroll_bar_set_handle (bar
, new_start
, new_end
, 0);
5550 #endif /* !USE_TOOLKIT_SCROLL_BARS */
5552 /* Return information to the user about the current position of the mouse
5553 on the scroll bar. */
5556 x_scroll_bar_report_motion (fp
, bar_window
, part
, x
, y
, time
)
5558 Lisp_Object
*bar_window
;
5559 enum scroll_bar_part
*part
;
5561 unsigned long *time
;
5563 struct scroll_bar
*bar
= XSCROLL_BAR (last_mouse_scroll_bar
);
5564 Window w
= bar
->x_window
;
5565 FRAME_PTR f
= XFRAME (WINDOW_FRAME (XWINDOW (bar
->window
)));
5567 Window dummy_window
;
5569 unsigned int dummy_mask
;
5573 /* Get the mouse's position relative to the scroll bar window, and
5575 if (! XQueryPointer (FRAME_X_DISPLAY (f
), w
,
5577 /* Root, child, root x and root y. */
5578 &dummy_window
, &dummy_window
,
5579 &dummy_coord
, &dummy_coord
,
5581 /* Position relative to scroll bar. */
5584 /* Mouse buttons and modifier keys. */
5591 = VERTICAL_SCROLL_BAR_INSIDE_HEIGHT (f
, bar
->height
);
5594 = VERTICAL_SCROLL_BAR_TOP_RANGE (f
, bar
->height
);
5596 win_y
-= VERTICAL_SCROLL_BAR_TOP_BORDER
;
5598 if (! NILP (bar
->dragging
))
5599 win_y
-= XINT (bar
->dragging
);
5603 if (win_y
> top_range
)
5607 *bar_window
= bar
->window
;
5609 if (! NILP (bar
->dragging
))
5610 *part
= scroll_bar_handle
;
5611 else if (win_y
< bar
->start
)
5612 *part
= scroll_bar_above_handle
;
5613 else if (win_y
< bar
->end
+ VERTICAL_SCROLL_BAR_MIN_HANDLE
)
5614 *part
= scroll_bar_handle
;
5616 *part
= scroll_bar_below_handle
;
5618 XSETINT (*x
, win_y
);
5619 XSETINT (*y
, top_range
);
5622 last_mouse_scroll_bar
= Qnil
;
5625 *time
= last_mouse_movement_time
;
5631 /* The screen has been cleared so we may have changed foreground or
5632 background colors, and the scroll bars may need to be redrawn.
5633 Clear out the scroll bars, and ask for expose events, so we can
5637 x_scroll_bar_clear (f
)
5640 #ifndef USE_TOOLKIT_SCROLL_BARS
5643 /* We can have scroll bars even if this is 0,
5644 if we just turned off scroll bar mode.
5645 But in that case we should not clear them. */
5646 if (FRAME_HAS_VERTICAL_SCROLL_BARS (f
))
5647 for (bar
= FRAME_SCROLL_BARS (f
); VECTORP (bar
);
5648 bar
= XSCROLL_BAR (bar
)->next
)
5649 XClearArea (FRAME_X_DISPLAY (f
),
5650 XSCROLL_BAR (bar
)->x_window
,
5652 #endif /* not USE_TOOLKIT_SCROLL_BARS */
5656 /* The main X event-reading loop - XTread_socket. */
5659 /* Time stamp of enter window event. This is only used by XTread_socket,
5660 but we have to put it out here, since static variables within functions
5661 sometimes don't work. */
5663 static Time enter_timestamp
;
5666 /* This holds the state XLookupString needs to implement dead keys
5667 and other tricks known as "compose processing". _X Window System_
5668 says that a portable program can't use this, but Stephen Gildea assures
5669 me that letting the compiler initialize it to zeros will work okay.
5671 This must be defined outside of XTread_socket, for the same reasons
5672 given for enter_timestamp, above. */
5674 static XComposeStatus compose_status
;
5676 /* Record the last 100 characters stored
5677 to help debug the loss-of-chars-during-GC problem. */
5679 static int temp_index
;
5680 static short temp_buffer
[100];
5682 #define STORE_KEYSYM_FOR_DEBUG(keysym) \
5683 if (temp_index == sizeof temp_buffer / sizeof (short)) \
5685 temp_buffer[temp_index++] = (keysym)
5687 /* Set this to nonzero to fake an "X I/O error"
5688 on a particular display. */
5690 struct x_display_info
*XTread_socket_fake_io_error
;
5692 /* When we find no input here, we occasionally do a no-op command
5693 to verify that the X server is still running and we can still talk with it.
5694 We try all the open displays, one by one.
5695 This variable is used for cycling thru the displays. */
5697 static struct x_display_info
*next_noop_dpyinfo
;
5699 #define SET_SAVED_MENU_EVENT(size) \
5702 if (f->output_data.x->saved_menu_event == 0) \
5703 f->output_data.x->saved_menu_event \
5704 = (XEvent *) xmalloc (sizeof (XEvent)); \
5705 bcopy (&event, f->output_data.x->saved_menu_event, size); \
5706 inev.ie.kind = MENU_BAR_ACTIVATE_EVENT; \
5707 XSETFRAME (inev.ie.frame_or_window, f); \
5711 #define SET_SAVED_BUTTON_EVENT SET_SAVED_MENU_EVENT (sizeof (XButtonEvent))
5712 #define SET_SAVED_KEY_EVENT SET_SAVED_MENU_EVENT (sizeof (XKeyEvent))
5722 /* Filter events for the current X input method.
5723 DPYINFO is the display this event is for.
5724 EVENT is the X event to filter.
5726 Returns non-zero if the event was filtered, caller shall not process
5728 Returns zero if event is wasn't filtered. */
5732 x_filter_event (dpyinfo
, event
)
5733 struct x_display_info
*dpyinfo
;
5736 /* XFilterEvent returns non-zero if the input method has
5737 consumed the event. We pass the frame's X window to
5738 XFilterEvent because that's the one for which the IC
5741 struct frame
*f1
= x_any_window_to_frame (dpyinfo
,
5742 event
->xclient
.window
);
5744 return XFilterEvent (event
, f1
? FRAME_X_WINDOW (f1
) : None
);
5749 static int current_count
;
5750 static int current_finish
;
5751 static struct input_event
*current_hold_quit
;
5753 /* This is the filter function invoked by the GTK event loop.
5754 It is invoked before the XEvent is translated to a GdkEvent,
5755 so we have a chance to act on the event before GTK. */
5756 static GdkFilterReturn
5757 event_handler_gdk (gxev
, ev
, data
)
5762 XEvent
*xev
= (XEvent
*) gxev
;
5764 if (current_count
>= 0)
5766 struct x_display_info
*dpyinfo
;
5768 dpyinfo
= x_display_info_for_display (xev
->xany
.display
);
5771 /* Filter events for the current X input method.
5772 GTK calls XFilterEvent but not for key press and release,
5773 so we do it here. */
5774 if (xev
->type
== KeyPress
|| xev
->type
== KeyRelease
)
5775 if (dpyinfo
&& x_filter_event (dpyinfo
, xev
))
5776 return GDK_FILTER_REMOVE
;
5780 current_finish
= X_EVENT_NORMAL
;
5784 handle_one_xevent (dpyinfo
, xev
, ¤t_finish
,
5789 current_finish
= x_dispatch_event (xev
, xev
->xany
.display
);
5791 if (current_finish
== X_EVENT_GOTO_OUT
|| current_finish
== X_EVENT_DROP
)
5792 return GDK_FILTER_REMOVE
;
5794 return GDK_FILTER_CONTINUE
;
5796 #endif /* USE_GTK */
5799 /* Handles the XEvent EVENT on display DPYINFO.
5801 *FINISH is X_EVENT_GOTO_OUT if caller should stop reading events.
5802 *FINISH is zero if caller should continue reading events.
5803 *FINISH is X_EVENT_DROP if event should not be passed to the toolkit.
5805 We return the number of characters stored into the buffer. */
5808 handle_one_xevent (dpyinfo
, eventp
, finish
, hold_quit
)
5809 struct x_display_info
*dpyinfo
;
5812 struct input_event
*hold_quit
;
5815 struct input_event ie
;
5816 struct selection_input_event sie
;
5821 struct frame
*f
= NULL
;
5822 struct coding_system coding
;
5823 XEvent event
= *eventp
;
5825 *finish
= X_EVENT_NORMAL
;
5827 EVENT_INIT (inev
.ie
);
5828 inev
.ie
.kind
= NO_EVENT
;
5835 if (event
.xclient
.message_type
5836 == dpyinfo
->Xatom_wm_protocols
5837 && event
.xclient
.format
== 32)
5839 if (event
.xclient
.data
.l
[0]
5840 == dpyinfo
->Xatom_wm_take_focus
)
5842 /* Use x_any_window_to_frame because this
5843 could be the shell widget window
5844 if the frame has no title bar. */
5845 f
= x_any_window_to_frame (dpyinfo
, event
.xclient
.window
);
5847 /* Not quite sure this is needed -pd */
5848 if (f
&& FRAME_XIC (f
))
5849 XSetICFocus (FRAME_XIC (f
));
5851 #if 0 /* Emacs sets WM hints whose `input' field is `true'. This
5852 instructs the WM to set the input focus automatically for
5853 Emacs with a call to XSetInputFocus. Setting WM_TAKE_FOCUS
5854 tells the WM to send us a ClientMessage WM_TAKE_FOCUS after
5855 it has set the focus. So, XSetInputFocus below is not
5858 The call to XSetInputFocus below has also caused trouble. In
5859 cases where the XSetInputFocus done by the WM and the one
5860 below are temporally close (on a fast machine), the call
5861 below can generate additional FocusIn events which confuse
5864 /* Since we set WM_TAKE_FOCUS, we must call
5865 XSetInputFocus explicitly. But not if f is null,
5866 since that might be an event for a deleted frame. */
5869 Display
*d
= event
.xclient
.display
;
5870 /* Catch and ignore errors, in case window has been
5871 iconified by a window manager such as GWM. */
5873 XSetInputFocus (d
, event
.xclient
.window
,
5874 /* The ICCCM says this is
5875 the only valid choice. */
5877 event
.xclient
.data
.l
[1]);
5878 /* This is needed to detect the error
5879 if there is an error. */
5881 x_uncatch_errors ();
5883 /* Not certain about handling scroll bars here */
5888 if (event
.xclient
.data
.l
[0]
5889 == dpyinfo
->Xatom_wm_save_yourself
)
5891 /* Save state modify the WM_COMMAND property to
5892 something which can reinstate us. This notifies
5893 the session manager, who's looking for such a
5894 PropertyNotify. Can restart processing when
5895 a keyboard or mouse event arrives. */
5896 /* If we have a session manager, don't set this.
5897 KDE will then start two Emacsen, one for the
5898 session manager and one for this. */
5900 if (! x_session_have_connection ())
5903 f
= x_top_window_to_frame (dpyinfo
,
5904 event
.xclient
.window
);
5905 /* This is just so we only give real data once
5906 for a single Emacs process. */
5907 if (f
== SELECTED_FRAME ())
5908 XSetCommand (FRAME_X_DISPLAY (f
),
5909 event
.xclient
.window
,
5910 initial_argv
, initial_argc
);
5912 XSetCommand (FRAME_X_DISPLAY (f
),
5913 event
.xclient
.window
,
5919 if (event
.xclient
.data
.l
[0]
5920 == dpyinfo
->Xatom_wm_delete_window
)
5922 f
= x_any_window_to_frame (dpyinfo
,
5923 event
.xclient
.window
);
5925 goto OTHER
; /* May be a dialog that is to be removed */
5927 inev
.ie
.kind
= DELETE_WINDOW_EVENT
;
5928 XSETFRAME (inev
.ie
.frame_or_window
, f
);
5935 if (event
.xclient
.message_type
5936 == dpyinfo
->Xatom_wm_configure_denied
)
5941 if (event
.xclient
.message_type
5942 == dpyinfo
->Xatom_wm_window_moved
)
5945 f
= x_window_to_frame (dpyinfo
, event
.xclient
.window
);
5947 new_x
= event
.xclient
.data
.s
[0];
5948 new_y
= event
.xclient
.data
.s
[1];
5952 f
->left_pos
= new_x
;
5959 if (event
.xclient
.message_type
5960 == dpyinfo
->Xatom_editres
)
5962 f
= x_any_window_to_frame (dpyinfo
, event
.xclient
.window
);
5964 _XEditResCheckMessages (f
->output_data
.x
->widget
, NULL
,
5968 #endif /* HACK_EDITRES */
5970 if ((event
.xclient
.message_type
5971 == dpyinfo
->Xatom_DONE
)
5972 || (event
.xclient
.message_type
5973 == dpyinfo
->Xatom_PAGE
))
5975 /* Ghostview job completed. Kill it. We could
5976 reply with "Next" if we received "Page", but we
5977 currently never do because we are interested in
5978 images, only, which should have 1 page. */
5979 Pixmap pixmap
= (Pixmap
) event
.xclient
.data
.l
[1];
5980 f
= x_window_to_frame (dpyinfo
, event
.xclient
.window
);
5983 x_kill_gs_process (pixmap
, f
);
5984 expose_frame (f
, 0, 0, 0, 0);
5988 #ifdef USE_TOOLKIT_SCROLL_BARS
5989 /* Scroll bar callbacks send a ClientMessage from which
5990 we construct an input_event. */
5991 if (event
.xclient
.message_type
5992 == dpyinfo
->Xatom_Scrollbar
)
5994 x_scroll_bar_to_input_event (&event
, &inev
.ie
);
5995 *finish
= X_EVENT_GOTO_OUT
;
5998 #endif /* USE_TOOLKIT_SCROLL_BARS */
6000 /* XEmbed messages from the embedder (if any). */
6001 if (event
.xclient
.message_type
6002 == dpyinfo
->Xatom_XEMBED
)
6004 enum xembed_message msg
= event
.xclient
.data
.l
[1];
6005 if (msg
== XEMBED_FOCUS_IN
|| msg
== XEMBED_FOCUS_OUT
)
6006 x_detect_focus_change (dpyinfo
, &event
, &inev
.ie
);
6008 *finish
= X_EVENT_GOTO_OUT
;
6012 f
= x_any_window_to_frame (dpyinfo
, event
.xclient
.window
);
6015 if (x_handle_dnd_message (f
, &event
.xclient
, dpyinfo
, &inev
.ie
))
6016 *finish
= X_EVENT_DROP
;
6020 case SelectionNotify
:
6021 last_user_time
= event
.xselection
.time
;
6022 #ifdef USE_X_TOOLKIT
6023 if (! x_window_to_frame (dpyinfo
, event
.xselection
.requestor
))
6025 #endif /* not USE_X_TOOLKIT */
6026 x_handle_selection_notify (&event
.xselection
);
6029 case SelectionClear
: /* Someone has grabbed ownership. */
6030 last_user_time
= event
.xselectionclear
.time
;
6031 #ifdef USE_X_TOOLKIT
6032 if (! x_window_to_frame (dpyinfo
, event
.xselectionclear
.window
))
6034 #endif /* USE_X_TOOLKIT */
6036 XSelectionClearEvent
*eventp
= (XSelectionClearEvent
*) &event
;
6038 inev
.ie
.kind
= SELECTION_CLEAR_EVENT
;
6039 SELECTION_EVENT_DISPLAY (&inev
.sie
) = eventp
->display
;
6040 SELECTION_EVENT_SELECTION (&inev
.sie
) = eventp
->selection
;
6041 SELECTION_EVENT_TIME (&inev
.sie
) = eventp
->time
;
6042 inev
.ie
.frame_or_window
= Qnil
;
6046 case SelectionRequest
: /* Someone wants our selection. */
6047 last_user_time
= event
.xselectionrequest
.time
;
6048 #ifdef USE_X_TOOLKIT
6049 if (!x_window_to_frame (dpyinfo
, event
.xselectionrequest
.owner
))
6051 #endif /* USE_X_TOOLKIT */
6053 XSelectionRequestEvent
*eventp
6054 = (XSelectionRequestEvent
*) &event
;
6056 inev
.ie
.kind
= SELECTION_REQUEST_EVENT
;
6057 SELECTION_EVENT_DISPLAY (&inev
.sie
) = eventp
->display
;
6058 SELECTION_EVENT_REQUESTOR (&inev
.sie
) = eventp
->requestor
;
6059 SELECTION_EVENT_SELECTION (&inev
.sie
) = eventp
->selection
;
6060 SELECTION_EVENT_TARGET (&inev
.sie
) = eventp
->target
;
6061 SELECTION_EVENT_PROPERTY (&inev
.sie
) = eventp
->property
;
6062 SELECTION_EVENT_TIME (&inev
.sie
) = eventp
->time
;
6063 inev
.ie
.frame_or_window
= Qnil
;
6067 case PropertyNotify
:
6068 last_user_time
= event
.xproperty
.time
;
6069 #if 0 /* This is plain wrong. In the case that we are waiting for a
6070 PropertyNotify used as an ACK in incremental selection
6071 transfer, the property will be on the receiver's window. */
6072 #if defined USE_X_TOOLKIT
6073 if (!x_any_window_to_frame (dpyinfo
, event
.xproperty
.window
))
6077 x_handle_property_notify (&event
.xproperty
);
6080 case ReparentNotify
:
6081 f
= x_top_window_to_frame (dpyinfo
, event
.xreparent
.window
);
6085 f
->output_data
.x
->parent_desc
= event
.xreparent
.parent
;
6086 x_real_positions (f
, &x
, &y
);
6090 /* Perhaps reparented due to a WM restart. Reset this. */
6091 FRAME_X_DISPLAY_INFO (f
)->wm_type
= X_WMTYPE_UNKNOWN
;
6092 FRAME_X_DISPLAY_INFO (f
)->net_supported_window
= 0;
6097 f
= x_window_to_frame (dpyinfo
, event
.xexpose
.window
);
6100 x_check_fullscreen (f
);
6103 /* This seems to be needed for GTK 2.6. */
6104 x_clear_area (event
.xexpose
.display
,
6105 event
.xexpose
.window
,
6106 event
.xexpose
.x
, event
.xexpose
.y
,
6107 event
.xexpose
.width
, event
.xexpose
.height
,
6110 if (f
->async_visible
== 0)
6112 f
->async_visible
= 1;
6113 f
->async_iconified
= 0;
6114 f
->output_data
.x
->has_been_visible
= 1;
6115 SET_FRAME_GARBAGED (f
);
6119 event
.xexpose
.x
, event
.xexpose
.y
,
6120 event
.xexpose
.width
, event
.xexpose
.height
);
6124 #ifndef USE_TOOLKIT_SCROLL_BARS
6125 struct scroll_bar
*bar
;
6127 #if defined USE_LUCID
6128 /* Submenus of the Lucid menu bar aren't widgets
6129 themselves, so there's no way to dispatch events
6130 to them. Recognize this case separately. */
6133 = x_window_to_menu_bar (event
.xexpose
.window
);
6135 xlwmenu_redisplay (widget
);
6137 #endif /* USE_LUCID */
6139 #ifdef USE_TOOLKIT_SCROLL_BARS
6140 /* Dispatch event to the widget. */
6142 #else /* not USE_TOOLKIT_SCROLL_BARS */
6143 bar
= x_window_to_scroll_bar (event
.xexpose
.display
,
6144 event
.xexpose
.window
);
6147 x_scroll_bar_expose (bar
, &event
);
6148 #ifdef USE_X_TOOLKIT
6151 #endif /* USE_X_TOOLKIT */
6152 #endif /* not USE_TOOLKIT_SCROLL_BARS */
6156 case GraphicsExpose
: /* This occurs when an XCopyArea's
6157 source area was obscured or not
6159 f
= x_window_to_frame (dpyinfo
, event
.xgraphicsexpose
.drawable
);
6163 event
.xgraphicsexpose
.x
, event
.xgraphicsexpose
.y
,
6164 event
.xgraphicsexpose
.width
,
6165 event
.xgraphicsexpose
.height
);
6167 #ifdef USE_X_TOOLKIT
6170 #endif /* USE_X_TOOLKIT */
6173 case NoExpose
: /* This occurs when an XCopyArea's
6174 source area was completely
6179 /* Redo the mouse-highlight after the tooltip has gone. */
6180 if (event
.xmap
.window
== tip_window
)
6183 redo_mouse_highlight ();
6186 f
= x_top_window_to_frame (dpyinfo
, event
.xunmap
.window
);
6187 if (f
) /* F may no longer exist if
6188 the frame was deleted. */
6190 /* While a frame is unmapped, display generation is
6191 disabled; you don't want to spend time updating a
6192 display that won't ever be seen. */
6193 f
->async_visible
= 0;
6194 /* We can't distinguish, from the event, whether the window
6195 has become iconified or invisible. So assume, if it
6196 was previously visible, than now it is iconified.
6197 But x_make_frame_invisible clears both
6198 the visible flag and the iconified flag;
6199 and that way, we know the window is not iconified now. */
6200 if (FRAME_VISIBLE_P (f
) || FRAME_ICONIFIED_P (f
))
6202 f
->async_iconified
= 1;
6204 inev
.ie
.kind
= ICONIFY_EVENT
;
6205 XSETFRAME (inev
.ie
.frame_or_window
, f
);
6211 if (event
.xmap
.window
== tip_window
)
6212 /* The tooltip has been drawn already. Avoid
6213 the SET_FRAME_GARBAGED below. */
6216 /* We use x_top_window_to_frame because map events can
6217 come for sub-windows and they don't mean that the
6218 frame is visible. */
6219 f
= x_top_window_to_frame (dpyinfo
, event
.xmap
.window
);
6222 /* wait_reading_process_output will notice this and update
6223 the frame's display structures.
6224 If we where iconified, we should not set garbaged,
6225 because that stops redrawing on Expose events. This looks
6226 bad if we are called from a recursive event loop
6227 (x_dispatch_event), for example when a dialog is up. */
6228 if (! f
->async_iconified
)
6229 SET_FRAME_GARBAGED (f
);
6231 f
->async_visible
= 1;
6232 f
->async_iconified
= 0;
6233 f
->output_data
.x
->has_been_visible
= 1;
6237 inev
.ie
.kind
= DEICONIFY_EVENT
;
6238 XSETFRAME (inev
.ie
.frame_or_window
, f
);
6240 else if (! NILP (Vframe_list
)
6241 && ! NILP (XCDR (Vframe_list
)))
6242 /* Force a redisplay sooner or later
6243 to update the frame titles
6244 in case this is the second frame. */
6245 record_asynch_buffer_change ();
6251 last_user_time
= event
.xkey
.time
;
6252 ignore_next_mouse_click_timeout
= 0;
6254 #if defined (USE_X_TOOLKIT) || defined (USE_GTK)
6255 /* Dispatch KeyPress events when in menu. */
6256 if (popup_activated ())
6260 f
= x_any_window_to_frame (dpyinfo
, event
.xkey
.window
);
6262 /* If mouse-highlight is an integer, input clears out
6263 mouse highlighting. */
6264 if (!dpyinfo
->mouse_face_hidden
&& INTEGERP (Vmouse_highlight
)
6266 || !EQ (f
->tool_bar_window
, dpyinfo
->mouse_face_window
)))
6268 clear_mouse_face (dpyinfo
);
6269 dpyinfo
->mouse_face_hidden
= 1;
6272 #if defined USE_MOTIF && defined USE_TOOLKIT_SCROLL_BARS
6275 /* Scroll bars consume key events, but we want
6276 the keys to go to the scroll bar's frame. */
6277 Widget widget
= XtWindowToWidget (dpyinfo
->display
,
6279 if (widget
&& XmIsScrollBar (widget
))
6281 widget
= XtParent (widget
);
6282 f
= x_any_window_to_frame (dpyinfo
, XtWindow (widget
));
6285 #endif /* USE_MOTIF and USE_TOOLKIT_SCROLL_BARS */
6289 KeySym keysym
, orig_keysym
;
6290 /* al%imercury@uunet.uu.net says that making this 81
6291 instead of 80 fixed a bug whereby meta chars made
6294 It seems that some version of XmbLookupString has
6295 a bug of not returning XBufferOverflow in
6296 status_return even if the input is too long to
6297 fit in 81 bytes. So, we must prepare sufficient
6298 bytes for copy_buffer. 513 bytes (256 chars for
6299 two-byte character set) seems to be a fairly good
6300 approximation. -- 2000.8.10 handa@etl.go.jp */
6301 unsigned char copy_buffer
[513];
6302 unsigned char *copy_bufptr
= copy_buffer
;
6303 int copy_bufsiz
= sizeof (copy_buffer
);
6305 Lisp_Object coding_system
= Qlatin_1
;
6309 /* Don't pass keys to GTK. A Tab will shift focus to the
6310 tool bar in GTK 2.4. Keys will still go to menus and
6311 dialogs because in that case popup_activated is TRUE
6313 *finish
= X_EVENT_DROP
;
6317 |= x_emacs_to_x_modifiers (FRAME_X_DISPLAY_INFO (f
),
6318 extra_keyboard_modifiers
);
6319 modifiers
= event
.xkey
.state
;
6321 /* This will have to go some day... */
6323 /* make_lispy_event turns chars into control chars.
6324 Don't do it here because XLookupString is too eager. */
6325 event
.xkey
.state
&= ~ControlMask
;
6326 event
.xkey
.state
&= ~(dpyinfo
->meta_mod_mask
6327 | dpyinfo
->super_mod_mask
6328 | dpyinfo
->hyper_mod_mask
6329 | dpyinfo
->alt_mod_mask
);
6331 /* In case Meta is ComposeCharacter,
6332 clear its status. According to Markus Ehrnsperger
6333 Markus.Ehrnsperger@lehrstuhl-bross.physik.uni-muenchen.de
6334 this enables ComposeCharacter to work whether or
6335 not it is combined with Meta. */
6336 if (modifiers
& dpyinfo
->meta_mod_mask
)
6337 bzero (&compose_status
, sizeof (compose_status
));
6342 Status status_return
;
6344 coding_system
= Vlocale_coding_system
;
6345 nbytes
= XmbLookupString (FRAME_XIC (f
),
6346 &event
.xkey
, copy_bufptr
,
6347 copy_bufsiz
, &keysym
,
6349 if (status_return
== XBufferOverflow
)
6351 copy_bufsiz
= nbytes
+ 1;
6352 copy_bufptr
= (unsigned char *) alloca (copy_bufsiz
);
6353 nbytes
= XmbLookupString (FRAME_XIC (f
),
6354 &event
.xkey
, copy_bufptr
,
6355 copy_bufsiz
, &keysym
,
6358 /* Xutf8LookupString is a new but already deprecated interface. -stef */
6359 #if 0 && defined X_HAVE_UTF8_STRING
6360 else if (status_return
== XLookupKeySym
)
6361 { /* Try again but with utf-8. */
6362 coding_system
= Qutf_8
;
6363 nbytes
= Xutf8LookupString (FRAME_XIC (f
),
6364 &event
.xkey
, copy_bufptr
,
6365 copy_bufsiz
, &keysym
,
6367 if (status_return
== XBufferOverflow
)
6369 copy_bufsiz
= nbytes
+ 1;
6370 copy_bufptr
= (unsigned char *) alloca (copy_bufsiz
);
6371 nbytes
= Xutf8LookupString (FRAME_XIC (f
),
6374 copy_bufsiz
, &keysym
,
6380 if (status_return
== XLookupNone
)
6382 else if (status_return
== XLookupChars
)
6387 else if (status_return
!= XLookupKeySym
6388 && status_return
!= XLookupBoth
)
6392 nbytes
= XLookupString (&event
.xkey
, copy_bufptr
,
6393 copy_bufsiz
, &keysym
,
6396 nbytes
= XLookupString (&event
.xkey
, copy_bufptr
,
6397 copy_bufsiz
, &keysym
,
6401 /* If not using XIM/XIC, and a compose sequence is in progress,
6402 we break here. Otherwise, chars_matched is always 0. */
6403 if (compose_status
.chars_matched
> 0 && nbytes
== 0)
6406 bzero (&compose_status
, sizeof (compose_status
));
6407 orig_keysym
= keysym
;
6409 /* Common for all keysym input events. */
6410 XSETFRAME (inev
.ie
.frame_or_window
, f
);
6412 = x_x_to_emacs_modifiers (FRAME_X_DISPLAY_INFO (f
), modifiers
);
6413 inev
.ie
.timestamp
= event
.xkey
.time
;
6415 /* First deal with keysyms which have defined
6416 translations to characters. */
6417 if (keysym
>= 32 && keysym
< 128)
6418 /* Avoid explicitly decoding each ASCII character. */
6420 inev
.ie
.kind
= ASCII_KEYSTROKE_EVENT
;
6421 inev
.ie
.code
= keysym
;
6425 /* Keysyms directly mapped to Unicode characters. */
6426 if (keysym
>= 0x01000000 && keysym
<= 0x0110FFFF)
6428 if (keysym
< 0x01000080)
6429 inev
.ie
.kind
= ASCII_KEYSTROKE_EVENT
;
6431 inev
.ie
.kind
= MULTIBYTE_CHAR_KEYSTROKE_EVENT
;
6432 inev
.ie
.code
= keysym
& 0xFFFFFF;
6436 /* Now non-ASCII. */
6437 if (HASH_TABLE_P (Vx_keysym_table
)
6438 && (NATNUMP (c
= Fgethash (make_number (keysym
),
6442 inev
.ie
.kind
= (SINGLE_BYTE_CHAR_P (XFASTINT (c
))
6443 ? ASCII_KEYSTROKE_EVENT
6444 : MULTIBYTE_CHAR_KEYSTROKE_EVENT
);
6445 inev
.ie
.code
= XFASTINT (c
);
6449 /* Random non-modifier sorts of keysyms. */
6450 if (((keysym
>= XK_BackSpace
&& keysym
<= XK_Escape
)
6451 || keysym
== XK_Delete
6452 #ifdef XK_ISO_Left_Tab
6453 || (keysym
>= XK_ISO_Left_Tab
6454 && keysym
<= XK_ISO_Enter
)
6456 || IsCursorKey (keysym
) /* 0xff50 <= x < 0xff60 */
6457 || IsMiscFunctionKey (keysym
) /* 0xff60 <= x < VARIES */
6459 /* This recognizes the "extended function
6460 keys". It seems there's no cleaner way.
6461 Test IsModifierKey to avoid handling
6462 mode_switch incorrectly. */
6463 || ((unsigned) (keysym
) >= XK_Select
6464 && (unsigned)(keysym
) < XK_KP_Space
)
6466 #ifdef XK_dead_circumflex
6467 || orig_keysym
== XK_dead_circumflex
6469 #ifdef XK_dead_grave
6470 || orig_keysym
== XK_dead_grave
6472 #ifdef XK_dead_tilde
6473 || orig_keysym
== XK_dead_tilde
6475 #ifdef XK_dead_diaeresis
6476 || orig_keysym
== XK_dead_diaeresis
6478 #ifdef XK_dead_macron
6479 || orig_keysym
== XK_dead_macron
6481 #ifdef XK_dead_degree
6482 || orig_keysym
== XK_dead_degree
6484 #ifdef XK_dead_acute
6485 || orig_keysym
== XK_dead_acute
6487 #ifdef XK_dead_cedilla
6488 || orig_keysym
== XK_dead_cedilla
6490 #ifdef XK_dead_breve
6491 || orig_keysym
== XK_dead_breve
6493 #ifdef XK_dead_ogonek
6494 || orig_keysym
== XK_dead_ogonek
6496 #ifdef XK_dead_caron
6497 || orig_keysym
== XK_dead_caron
6499 #ifdef XK_dead_doubleacute
6500 || orig_keysym
== XK_dead_doubleacute
6502 #ifdef XK_dead_abovedot
6503 || orig_keysym
== XK_dead_abovedot
6505 || IsKeypadKey (keysym
) /* 0xff80 <= x < 0xffbe */
6506 || IsFunctionKey (keysym
) /* 0xffbe <= x < 0xffe1 */
6507 /* Any "vendor-specific" key is ok. */
6508 || (orig_keysym
& (1 << 28))
6509 || (keysym
!= NoSymbol
&& nbytes
== 0))
6510 && ! (IsModifierKey (orig_keysym
)
6511 /* The symbols from XK_ISO_Lock
6512 to XK_ISO_Last_Group_Lock
6513 don't have real modifiers but
6514 should be treated similarly to
6515 Mode_switch by Emacs. */
6516 #if defined XK_ISO_Lock && defined XK_ISO_Last_Group_Lock
6517 || ((unsigned)(orig_keysym
)
6519 && (unsigned)(orig_keysym
)
6520 <= XK_ISO_Last_Group_Lock
)
6524 STORE_KEYSYM_FOR_DEBUG (keysym
);
6525 /* make_lispy_event will convert this to a symbolic
6527 inev
.ie
.kind
= NON_ASCII_KEYSTROKE_EVENT
;
6528 inev
.ie
.code
= keysym
;
6532 { /* Raw bytes, not keysym. */
6537 for (i
= 0, nchars
= 0; i
< nbytes
; i
++)
6539 if (ASCII_BYTE_P (copy_bufptr
[i
]))
6541 STORE_KEYSYM_FOR_DEBUG (copy_bufptr
[i
]);
6544 if (nchars
< nbytes
)
6546 /* Decode the input data. */
6550 /* The input should be decoded with `coding_system'
6551 which depends on which X*LookupString function
6552 we used just above and the locale. */
6553 setup_coding_system (coding_system
, &coding
);
6554 coding
.src_multibyte
= 0;
6555 coding
.dst_multibyte
= 1;
6556 /* The input is converted to events, thus we can't
6557 handle composition. Anyway, there's no XIM that
6558 gives us composition information. */
6559 coding
.common_flags
&= ~CODING_ANNOTATION_MASK
;
6561 require
= MAX_MULTIBYTE_LENGTH
* nbytes
;
6562 coding
.destination
= alloca (require
);
6563 coding
.dst_bytes
= require
;
6564 coding
.mode
|= CODING_MODE_LAST_BLOCK
;
6565 decode_coding_c_string (&coding
, copy_bufptr
, nbytes
, Qnil
);
6566 nbytes
= coding
.produced
;
6567 nchars
= coding
.produced_char
;
6568 copy_bufptr
= coding
.destination
;
6571 /* Convert the input data to a sequence of
6572 character events. */
6573 for (i
= 0; i
< nbytes
; i
+= len
)
6575 if (nchars
== nbytes
)
6576 c
= copy_bufptr
[i
], len
= 1;
6578 c
= STRING_CHAR_AND_LENGTH (copy_bufptr
+ i
,
6580 inev
.ie
.kind
= (SINGLE_BYTE_CHAR_P (c
)
6581 ? ASCII_KEYSTROKE_EVENT
6582 : MULTIBYTE_CHAR_KEYSTROKE_EVENT
);
6584 kbd_buffer_store_event_hold (&inev
.ie
, hold_quit
);
6589 inev
.ie
.kind
= NO_EVENT
; /* Already stored above. */
6591 if (keysym
== NoSymbol
)
6597 /* Don't dispatch this event since XtDispatchEvent calls
6598 XFilterEvent, and two calls in a row may freeze the
6606 last_user_time
= event
.xkey
.time
;
6608 /* Don't dispatch this event since XtDispatchEvent calls
6609 XFilterEvent, and two calls in a row may freeze the
6617 last_user_time
= event
.xcrossing
.time
;
6618 x_detect_focus_change (dpyinfo
, &event
, &inev
.ie
);
6620 f
= x_any_window_to_frame (dpyinfo
, event
.xcrossing
.window
);
6622 if (f
&& x_mouse_click_focus_ignore_position
)
6623 ignore_next_mouse_click_timeout
= event
.xmotion
.time
+ 200;
6626 if (event
.xcrossing
.focus
)
6628 /* Avoid nasty pop/raise loops. */
6629 if (f
&& (!(f
->auto_raise
)
6631 || (event
.xcrossing
.time
- enter_timestamp
) > 500))
6633 x_new_focus_frame (dpyinfo
, f
);
6634 enter_timestamp
= event
.xcrossing
.time
;
6637 else if (f
== dpyinfo
->x_focus_frame
)
6638 x_new_focus_frame (dpyinfo
, 0);
6641 /* EnterNotify counts as mouse movement,
6642 so update things that depend on mouse position. */
6643 if (f
&& !f
->output_data
.x
->hourglass_p
)
6644 note_mouse_movement (f
, &event
.xmotion
);
6646 /* We may get an EnterNotify on the buttons in the toolbar. In that
6647 case we moved out of any highlighted area and need to note this. */
6648 if (!f
&& last_mouse_glyph_frame
)
6649 note_mouse_movement (last_mouse_glyph_frame
, &event
.xmotion
);
6654 x_detect_focus_change (dpyinfo
, &event
, &inev
.ie
);
6658 last_user_time
= event
.xcrossing
.time
;
6659 x_detect_focus_change (dpyinfo
, &event
, &inev
.ie
);
6661 f
= x_top_window_to_frame (dpyinfo
, event
.xcrossing
.window
);
6664 if (f
== dpyinfo
->mouse_face_mouse_frame
)
6666 /* If we move outside the frame, then we're
6667 certainly no longer on any text in the frame. */
6668 clear_mouse_face (dpyinfo
);
6669 dpyinfo
->mouse_face_mouse_frame
= 0;
6672 /* Generate a nil HELP_EVENT to cancel a help-echo.
6673 Do it only if there's something to cancel.
6674 Otherwise, the startup message is cleared when
6675 the mouse leaves the frame. */
6676 if (any_help_event_p
)
6680 /* See comment in EnterNotify above */
6681 else if (last_mouse_glyph_frame
)
6682 note_mouse_movement (last_mouse_glyph_frame
, &event
.xmotion
);
6687 x_detect_focus_change (dpyinfo
, &event
, &inev
.ie
);
6692 last_user_time
= event
.xmotion
.time
;
6693 previous_help_echo_string
= help_echo_string
;
6694 help_echo_string
= Qnil
;
6696 if (dpyinfo
->grabbed
&& last_mouse_frame
6697 && FRAME_LIVE_P (last_mouse_frame
))
6698 f
= last_mouse_frame
;
6700 f
= x_window_to_frame (dpyinfo
, event
.xmotion
.window
);
6702 if (dpyinfo
->mouse_face_hidden
)
6704 dpyinfo
->mouse_face_hidden
= 0;
6705 clear_mouse_face (dpyinfo
);
6711 /* Generate SELECT_WINDOW_EVENTs when needed. */
6712 if (!NILP (Vmouse_autoselect_window
))
6716 window
= window_from_coordinates (f
,
6717 event
.xmotion
.x
, event
.xmotion
.y
,
6720 /* Window will be selected only when it is not selected now and
6721 last mouse movement event was not in it. Minibuffer window
6722 will be selected only when it is active. */
6723 if (WINDOWP (window
)
6724 && !EQ (window
, last_window
)
6725 && !EQ (window
, selected_window
)
6726 /* For click-to-focus window managers
6727 create event iff we don't leave the
6729 && (focus_follows_mouse
6730 || (EQ (XWINDOW (window
)->frame
,
6731 XWINDOW (selected_window
)->frame
))))
6733 inev
.ie
.kind
= SELECT_WINDOW_EVENT
;
6734 inev
.ie
.frame_or_window
= window
;
6739 if (!note_mouse_movement (f
, &event
.xmotion
))
6740 help_echo_string
= previous_help_echo_string
;
6744 #ifndef USE_TOOLKIT_SCROLL_BARS
6745 struct scroll_bar
*bar
6746 = x_window_to_scroll_bar (event
.xmotion
.display
,
6747 event
.xmotion
.window
);
6750 x_scroll_bar_note_movement (bar
, &event
);
6751 #endif /* USE_TOOLKIT_SCROLL_BARS */
6753 /* If we move outside the frame, then we're
6754 certainly no longer on any text in the frame. */
6755 clear_mouse_face (dpyinfo
);
6758 /* If the contents of the global variable help_echo_string
6759 has changed, generate a HELP_EVENT. */
6760 if (!NILP (help_echo_string
)
6761 || !NILP (previous_help_echo_string
))
6766 case ConfigureNotify
:
6767 f
= x_top_window_to_frame (dpyinfo
, event
.xconfigure
.window
);
6770 && (f
= x_any_window_to_frame (dpyinfo
, event
.xconfigure
.window
))
6771 && event
.xconfigure
.window
== FRAME_X_WINDOW (f
))
6773 xg_frame_resized (f
, event
.xconfigure
.width
,
6774 event
.xconfigure
.height
);
6780 #ifndef USE_X_TOOLKIT
6782 /* If there is a pending resize for fullscreen, don't
6783 do this one, the right one will come later.
6784 The toolkit version doesn't seem to need this, but we
6785 need to reset it below. */
6787 = ((f
->want_fullscreen
& FULLSCREEN_WAIT
)
6788 && f
->new_text_cols
!= 0);
6789 int rows
= FRAME_PIXEL_HEIGHT_TO_TEXT_LINES (f
, event
.xconfigure
.height
);
6790 int columns
= FRAME_PIXEL_WIDTH_TO_TEXT_COLS (f
, event
.xconfigure
.width
);
6795 /* In the toolkit version, change_frame_size
6796 is called by the code that handles resizing
6797 of the EmacsFrame widget. */
6799 /* Even if the number of character rows and columns has
6800 not changed, the font size may have changed, so we need
6801 to check the pixel dimensions as well. */
6802 if (columns
!= FRAME_COLS (f
)
6803 || rows
!= FRAME_LINES (f
)
6804 || event
.xconfigure
.width
!= FRAME_PIXEL_WIDTH (f
)
6805 || event
.xconfigure
.height
!= FRAME_PIXEL_HEIGHT (f
))
6807 change_frame_size (f
, rows
, columns
, 0, 1, 0);
6808 SET_FRAME_GARBAGED (f
);
6809 cancel_mouse_face (f
);
6812 FRAME_PIXEL_WIDTH (f
) = event
.xconfigure
.width
;
6813 FRAME_PIXEL_HEIGHT (f
) = event
.xconfigure
.height
;
6814 #endif /* not USE_GTK */
6818 /* GTK creates windows but doesn't map them.
6819 Only get real positions and check fullscreen when mapped. */
6820 if (FRAME_GTK_OUTER_WIDGET (f
)
6821 && GTK_WIDGET_MAPPED (FRAME_GTK_OUTER_WIDGET (f
)))
6824 x_real_positions (f
, &f
->left_pos
, &f
->top_pos
);
6826 if (f
->want_fullscreen
& FULLSCREEN_WAIT
)
6827 f
->want_fullscreen
&= ~(FULLSCREEN_WAIT
|FULLSCREEN_BOTH
);
6831 if (FRAME_XIC (f
) && (FRAME_XIC_STYLE (f
) & XIMStatusArea
))
6832 xic_set_statusarea (f
);
6835 if (f
->output_data
.x
->parent_desc
!= FRAME_X_DISPLAY_INFO (f
)->root_window
)
6837 /* Since the WM decorations come below top_pos now,
6838 we must put them below top_pos in the future. */
6839 f
->win_gravity
= NorthWestGravity
;
6840 x_wm_set_size_hint (f
, (long) 0, 0);
6848 /* If we decide we want to generate an event to be seen
6849 by the rest of Emacs, we put it here. */
6852 bzero (&compose_status
, sizeof (compose_status
));
6853 last_mouse_glyph_frame
= 0;
6854 last_user_time
= event
.xbutton
.time
;
6856 if (dpyinfo
->grabbed
6858 && FRAME_LIVE_P (last_mouse_frame
))
6859 f
= last_mouse_frame
;
6861 f
= x_window_to_frame (dpyinfo
, event
.xbutton
.window
);
6865 /* Is this in the tool-bar? */
6866 if (WINDOWP (f
->tool_bar_window
)
6867 && WINDOW_TOTAL_LINES (XWINDOW (f
->tool_bar_window
)))
6870 int x
= event
.xbutton
.x
;
6871 int y
= event
.xbutton
.y
;
6873 window
= window_from_coordinates (f
, x
, y
, 0, 0, 0, 1);
6874 tool_bar_p
= EQ (window
, f
->tool_bar_window
);
6876 if (tool_bar_p
&& event
.xbutton
.button
< 4)
6878 handle_tool_bar_click (f
, x
, y
,
6879 event
.xbutton
.type
== ButtonPress
,
6880 x_x_to_emacs_modifiers (dpyinfo
,
6881 event
.xbutton
.state
));
6886 #if defined (USE_X_TOOLKIT) || defined (USE_GTK)
6887 if (! popup_activated ())
6890 if (ignore_next_mouse_click_timeout
)
6892 if (event
.type
== ButtonPress
6893 && (int)(event
.xbutton
.time
- ignore_next_mouse_click_timeout
) > 0)
6895 ignore_next_mouse_click_timeout
= 0;
6896 construct_mouse_click (&inev
.ie
, &event
.xbutton
, f
);
6898 if (event
.type
== ButtonRelease
)
6899 ignore_next_mouse_click_timeout
= 0;
6902 construct_mouse_click (&inev
.ie
, &event
.xbutton
, f
);
6904 if (FRAME_X_EMBEDDED_P (f
))
6905 xembed_send_message (f
, event
.xbutton
.time
,
6906 XEMBED_REQUEST_FOCUS
, 0, 0, 0);
6910 struct scroll_bar
*bar
6911 = x_window_to_scroll_bar (event
.xbutton
.display
,
6912 event
.xbutton
.window
);
6914 #ifdef USE_TOOLKIT_SCROLL_BARS
6915 /* Make the "Ctrl-Mouse-2 splits window" work for toolkit
6917 if (bar
&& event
.xbutton
.state
& ControlMask
)
6919 x_scroll_bar_handle_click (bar
, &event
, &inev
.ie
);
6920 *finish
= X_EVENT_DROP
;
6922 #else /* not USE_TOOLKIT_SCROLL_BARS */
6924 x_scroll_bar_handle_click (bar
, &event
, &inev
.ie
);
6925 #endif /* not USE_TOOLKIT_SCROLL_BARS */
6928 if (event
.type
== ButtonPress
)
6930 dpyinfo
->grabbed
|= (1 << event
.xbutton
.button
);
6931 last_mouse_frame
= f
;
6934 last_tool_bar_item
= -1;
6937 dpyinfo
->grabbed
&= ~(1 << event
.xbutton
.button
);
6939 /* Ignore any mouse motion that happened before this event;
6940 any subsequent mouse-movement Emacs events should reflect
6941 only motion after the ButtonPress/Release. */
6945 #if defined (USE_X_TOOLKIT) || defined (USE_GTK)
6946 f
= x_menubar_window_to_frame (dpyinfo
, event
.xbutton
.window
);
6947 /* For a down-event in the menu bar,
6948 don't pass it to Xt right now.
6949 Instead, save it away
6950 and we will pass it to Xt from kbd_buffer_get_event.
6951 That way, we can run some Lisp code first. */
6954 ! popup_activated ()
6955 /* Gtk+ menus only react to the first three buttons. */
6956 && event
.xbutton
.button
< 3
6959 f
&& event
.type
== ButtonPress
6960 /* Verify the event is really within the menu bar
6961 and not just sent to it due to grabbing. */
6962 && event
.xbutton
.x
>= 0
6963 && event
.xbutton
.x
< FRAME_PIXEL_WIDTH (f
)
6964 && event
.xbutton
.y
>= 0
6965 && event
.xbutton
.y
< f
->output_data
.x
->menubar_height
6966 && event
.xbutton
.same_screen
)
6968 SET_SAVED_BUTTON_EVENT
;
6969 XSETFRAME (last_mouse_press_frame
, f
);
6971 *finish
= X_EVENT_DROP
;
6974 else if (event
.type
== ButtonPress
)
6976 last_mouse_press_frame
= Qnil
;
6980 #ifdef USE_MOTIF /* This should do not harm for Lucid,
6981 but I am trying to be cautious. */
6982 else if (event
.type
== ButtonRelease
)
6984 if (!NILP (last_mouse_press_frame
))
6986 f
= XFRAME (last_mouse_press_frame
);
6987 if (f
->output_data
.x
)
6988 SET_SAVED_BUTTON_EVENT
;
6993 #endif /* USE_MOTIF */
6996 #endif /* USE_X_TOOLKIT || USE_GTK */
7000 case CirculateNotify
:
7003 case CirculateRequest
:
7006 case VisibilityNotify
:
7010 /* Someone has changed the keyboard mapping - update the
7012 switch (event
.xmapping
.request
)
7014 case MappingModifier
:
7015 x_find_modifier_meanings (dpyinfo
);
7016 /* This is meant to fall through. */
7017 case MappingKeyboard
:
7018 XRefreshKeyboardMapping (&event
.xmapping
);
7024 #ifdef USE_X_TOOLKIT
7026 if (*finish
!= X_EVENT_DROP
)
7027 XtDispatchEvent (&event
);
7029 #endif /* USE_X_TOOLKIT */
7034 if (inev
.ie
.kind
!= NO_EVENT
)
7036 kbd_buffer_store_event_hold (&inev
.ie
, hold_quit
);
7041 && !(hold_quit
&& hold_quit
->kind
!= NO_EVENT
))
7046 XSETFRAME (frame
, f
);
7052 any_help_event_p
= 1;
7053 gen_help_event (help_echo_string
, frame
, help_echo_window
,
7054 help_echo_object
, help_echo_pos
);
7058 help_echo_string
= Qnil
;
7059 gen_help_event (Qnil
, frame
, Qnil
, Qnil
, 0);
7069 /* Handles the XEvent EVENT on display DISPLAY.
7070 This is used for event loops outside the normal event handling,
7071 i.e. looping while a popup menu or a dialog is posted.
7073 Returns the value handle_one_xevent sets in the finish argument. */
7075 x_dispatch_event (event
, display
)
7079 struct x_display_info
*dpyinfo
;
7080 int finish
= X_EVENT_NORMAL
;
7082 dpyinfo
= x_display_info_for_display (display
);
7085 handle_one_xevent (dpyinfo
, event
, &finish
, 0);
7091 /* Read events coming from the X server.
7092 This routine is called by the SIGIO handler.
7093 We return as soon as there are no more events to be read.
7095 We return the number of characters stored into the buffer,
7096 thus pretending to be `read' (except the characters we store
7097 in the keyboard buffer can be multibyte, so are not necessarily
7100 EXPECTED is nonzero if the caller knows input is available. */
7103 XTread_socket (terminal
, expected
, hold_quit
)
7104 struct terminal
*terminal
;
7106 struct input_event
*hold_quit
;
7110 int event_found
= 0;
7112 struct x_display_info
*dpyinfo
;
7115 if (interrupt_input_blocked
)
7117 interrupt_input_pending
= 1;
7121 interrupt_input_pending
= 0;
7124 /* So people can tell when we have read the available input. */
7125 input_signal_count
++;
7130 /* Only check session manager input for the primary display. */
7131 if (terminal
->id
== 1 && x_session_have_connection ())
7133 struct input_event inev
;
7135 /* We don't need to EVENT_INIT (inev) here, as
7136 x_session_check_input copies an entire input_event. */
7137 if (x_session_check_input (&inev
))
7139 kbd_buffer_store_event_hold (&inev
, hold_quit
);
7146 /* For debugging, this gives a way to fake an I/O error. */
7147 if (terminal
->display_info
.x
== XTread_socket_fake_io_error
)
7149 XTread_socket_fake_io_error
= 0;
7150 x_io_error_quitter (terminal
->display_info
.x
->display
);
7153 #if 0 /* This loop is a noop now. */
7154 /* Find the display we are supposed to read input for.
7155 It's the one communicating on descriptor SD. */
7156 for (dpyinfo
= x_display_list
; dpyinfo
; dpyinfo
= dpyinfo
->next
)
7158 #if 0 /* This ought to be unnecessary; let's verify it. */
7160 /* If available, Xlib uses FIOSNBIO to make the socket
7161 non-blocking, and then looks for EWOULDBLOCK. If O_NDELAY is set,
7162 FIOSNBIO is ignored, and instead of signaling EWOULDBLOCK,
7163 a read returns 0, which Xlib interprets as equivalent to EPIPE. */
7164 fcntl (dpyinfo
->connection
, F_SETFL
, 0);
7165 #endif /* ! defined (FIOSNBIO) */
7168 #if 0 /* This code can't be made to work, with multiple displays,
7169 and appears not to be used on any system any more.
7170 Also keyboard.c doesn't turn O_NDELAY on and off
7171 for X connections. */
7174 if (! (fcntl (dpyinfo
->connection
, F_GETFL
, 0) & O_NDELAY
))
7176 extern int read_alarm_should_throw
;
7177 read_alarm_should_throw
= 1;
7178 XPeekEvent (dpyinfo
->display
, &event
);
7179 read_alarm_should_throw
= 0;
7181 #endif /* HAVE_SELECT */
7188 while (XPending (terminal
->display_info
.x
->display
))
7192 XNextEvent (terminal
->display_info
.x
->display
, &event
);
7195 /* Filter events for the current X input method. */
7196 if (x_filter_event (terminal
->display_info
.x
, &event
))
7201 count
+= handle_one_xevent (terminal
->display_info
.x
,
7202 &event
, &finish
, hold_quit
);
7204 if (finish
== X_EVENT_GOTO_OUT
)
7210 /* For GTK we must use the GTK event loop. But XEvents gets passed
7211 to our filter function above, and then to the big event switch.
7212 We use a bunch of globals to communicate with our filter function,
7213 that is kind of ugly, but it works.
7215 There is no way to do one display at the time, GTK just does events
7216 from all displays. */
7218 while (gtk_events_pending ())
7220 current_count
= count
;
7221 current_hold_quit
= hold_quit
;
7223 gtk_main_iteration ();
7225 count
= current_count
;
7227 current_hold_quit
= 0;
7229 if (current_finish
== X_EVENT_GOTO_OUT
)
7232 #endif /* USE_GTK */
7236 /* On some systems, an X bug causes Emacs to get no more events
7237 when the window is destroyed. Detect that. (1994.) */
7240 /* Emacs and the X Server eats up CPU time if XNoOp is done every time.
7241 One XNOOP in 100 loops will make Emacs terminate.
7242 B. Bretthauer, 1994 */
7244 if (x_noop_count
>= 100)
7248 if (next_noop_dpyinfo
== 0)
7249 next_noop_dpyinfo
= x_display_list
;
7251 XNoOp (next_noop_dpyinfo
->display
);
7253 /* Each time we get here, cycle through the displays now open. */
7254 next_noop_dpyinfo
= next_noop_dpyinfo
->next
;
7258 /* If the focus was just given to an auto-raising frame,
7260 /* ??? This ought to be able to handle more than one such frame. */
7261 if (pending_autoraise_frame
)
7263 x_raise_frame (pending_autoraise_frame
);
7264 pending_autoraise_frame
= 0;
7276 /***********************************************************************
7278 ***********************************************************************/
7280 /* Set clipping for output in glyph row ROW. W is the window in which
7281 we operate. GC is the graphics context to set clipping in.
7283 ROW may be a text row or, e.g., a mode line. Text rows must be
7284 clipped to the interior of the window dedicated to text display,
7285 mode lines must be clipped to the whole window. */
7288 x_clip_to_row (w
, row
, area
, gc
)
7290 struct glyph_row
*row
;
7294 struct frame
*f
= XFRAME (WINDOW_FRAME (w
));
7295 XRectangle clip_rect
;
7296 int window_x
, window_y
, window_width
;
7298 window_box (w
, area
, &window_x
, &window_y
, &window_width
, 0);
7300 clip_rect
.x
= window_x
;
7301 clip_rect
.y
= WINDOW_TO_FRAME_PIXEL_Y (w
, max (0, row
->y
));
7302 clip_rect
.y
= max (clip_rect
.y
, window_y
);
7303 clip_rect
.width
= window_width
;
7304 clip_rect
.height
= row
->visible_height
;
7306 XSetClipRectangles (FRAME_X_DISPLAY (f
), gc
, 0, 0, &clip_rect
, 1, Unsorted
);
7310 /* Draw a hollow box cursor on window W in glyph row ROW. */
7313 x_draw_hollow_cursor (w
, row
)
7315 struct glyph_row
*row
;
7317 struct frame
*f
= XFRAME (WINDOW_FRAME (w
));
7318 struct x_display_info
*dpyinfo
= FRAME_X_DISPLAY_INFO (f
);
7319 Display
*dpy
= FRAME_X_DISPLAY (f
);
7322 struct glyph
*cursor_glyph
;
7325 /* Get the glyph the cursor is on. If we can't tell because
7326 the current matrix is invalid or such, give up. */
7327 cursor_glyph
= get_phys_cursor_glyph (w
);
7328 if (cursor_glyph
== NULL
)
7331 /* Compute frame-relative coordinates for phys cursor. */
7332 get_phys_cursor_geometry (w
, row
, cursor_glyph
, &x
, &y
, &h
);
7333 wd
= w
->phys_cursor_width
;
7335 /* The foreground of cursor_gc is typically the same as the normal
7336 background color, which can cause the cursor box to be invisible. */
7337 xgcv
.foreground
= f
->output_data
.x
->cursor_pixel
;
7338 if (dpyinfo
->scratch_cursor_gc
)
7339 XChangeGC (dpy
, dpyinfo
->scratch_cursor_gc
, GCForeground
, &xgcv
);
7341 dpyinfo
->scratch_cursor_gc
= XCreateGC (dpy
, FRAME_X_WINDOW (f
),
7342 GCForeground
, &xgcv
);
7343 gc
= dpyinfo
->scratch_cursor_gc
;
7345 /* Set clipping, draw the rectangle, and reset clipping again. */
7346 x_clip_to_row (w
, row
, TEXT_AREA
, gc
);
7347 XDrawRectangle (dpy
, FRAME_X_WINDOW (f
), gc
, x
, y
, wd
, h
- 1);
7348 XSetClipMask (dpy
, gc
, None
);
7352 /* Draw a bar cursor on window W in glyph row ROW.
7354 Implementation note: One would like to draw a bar cursor with an
7355 angle equal to the one given by the font property XA_ITALIC_ANGLE.
7356 Unfortunately, I didn't find a font yet that has this property set.
7360 x_draw_bar_cursor (w
, row
, width
, kind
)
7362 struct glyph_row
*row
;
7364 enum text_cursor_kinds kind
;
7366 struct frame
*f
= XFRAME (w
->frame
);
7367 struct glyph
*cursor_glyph
;
7369 /* If cursor is out of bounds, don't draw garbage. This can happen
7370 in mini-buffer windows when switching between echo area glyphs
7372 cursor_glyph
= get_phys_cursor_glyph (w
);
7373 if (cursor_glyph
== NULL
)
7376 /* If on an image, draw like a normal cursor. That's usually better
7377 visible than drawing a bar, esp. if the image is large so that
7378 the bar might not be in the window. */
7379 if (cursor_glyph
->type
== IMAGE_GLYPH
)
7381 struct glyph_row
*row
;
7382 row
= MATRIX_ROW (w
->current_matrix
, w
->phys_cursor
.vpos
);
7383 draw_phys_cursor_glyph (w
, row
, DRAW_CURSOR
);
7387 Display
*dpy
= FRAME_X_DISPLAY (f
);
7388 Window window
= FRAME_X_WINDOW (f
);
7389 GC gc
= FRAME_X_DISPLAY_INFO (f
)->scratch_cursor_gc
;
7390 unsigned long mask
= GCForeground
| GCBackground
| GCGraphicsExposures
;
7391 struct face
*face
= FACE_FROM_ID (f
, cursor_glyph
->face_id
);
7394 /* If the glyph's background equals the color we normally draw
7395 the bar cursor in, the bar cursor in its normal color is
7396 invisible. Use the glyph's foreground color instead in this
7397 case, on the assumption that the glyph's colors are chosen so
7398 that the glyph is legible. */
7399 if (face
->background
== f
->output_data
.x
->cursor_pixel
)
7400 xgcv
.background
= xgcv
.foreground
= face
->foreground
;
7402 xgcv
.background
= xgcv
.foreground
= f
->output_data
.x
->cursor_pixel
;
7403 xgcv
.graphics_exposures
= 0;
7406 XChangeGC (dpy
, gc
, mask
, &xgcv
);
7409 gc
= XCreateGC (dpy
, window
, mask
, &xgcv
);
7410 FRAME_X_DISPLAY_INFO (f
)->scratch_cursor_gc
= gc
;
7414 width
= FRAME_CURSOR_WIDTH (f
);
7415 width
= min (cursor_glyph
->pixel_width
, width
);
7417 w
->phys_cursor_width
= width
;
7418 x_clip_to_row (w
, row
, TEXT_AREA
, gc
);
7420 if (kind
== BAR_CURSOR
)
7421 XFillRectangle (dpy
, window
, gc
,
7422 WINDOW_TEXT_TO_FRAME_PIXEL_X (w
, w
->phys_cursor
.x
),
7423 WINDOW_TO_FRAME_PIXEL_Y (w
, w
->phys_cursor
.y
),
7424 width
, row
->height
);
7426 XFillRectangle (dpy
, window
, gc
,
7427 WINDOW_TEXT_TO_FRAME_PIXEL_X (w
, w
->phys_cursor
.x
),
7428 WINDOW_TO_FRAME_PIXEL_Y (w
, w
->phys_cursor
.y
+
7429 row
->height
- width
),
7430 cursor_glyph
->pixel_width
,
7433 XSetClipMask (dpy
, gc
, None
);
7438 /* RIF: Define cursor CURSOR on frame F. */
7441 x_define_frame_cursor (f
, cursor
)
7445 XDefineCursor (FRAME_X_DISPLAY (f
), FRAME_X_WINDOW (f
), cursor
);
7449 /* RIF: Clear area on frame F. */
7452 x_clear_frame_area (f
, x
, y
, width
, height
)
7454 int x
, y
, width
, height
;
7456 x_clear_area (FRAME_X_DISPLAY (f
), FRAME_X_WINDOW (f
),
7457 x
, y
, width
, height
, False
);
7461 /* RIF: Draw cursor on window W. */
7464 x_draw_window_cursor (w
, glyph_row
, x
, y
, cursor_type
, cursor_width
, on_p
, active_p
)
7466 struct glyph_row
*glyph_row
;
7468 int cursor_type
, cursor_width
;
7471 struct frame
*f
= XFRAME (WINDOW_FRAME (w
));
7475 w
->phys_cursor_type
= cursor_type
;
7476 w
->phys_cursor_on_p
= 1;
7478 if (glyph_row
->exact_window_width_line_p
7479 && w
->phys_cursor
.hpos
>= glyph_row
->used
[TEXT_AREA
])
7481 glyph_row
->cursor_in_fringe_p
= 1;
7482 draw_fringe_bitmap (w
, glyph_row
, 0);
7485 switch (cursor_type
)
7487 case HOLLOW_BOX_CURSOR
:
7488 x_draw_hollow_cursor (w
, glyph_row
);
7491 case FILLED_BOX_CURSOR
:
7492 draw_phys_cursor_glyph (w
, glyph_row
, DRAW_CURSOR
);
7496 x_draw_bar_cursor (w
, glyph_row
, cursor_width
, BAR_CURSOR
);
7500 x_draw_bar_cursor (w
, glyph_row
, cursor_width
, HBAR_CURSOR
);
7504 w
->phys_cursor_width
= 0;
7512 if (w
== XWINDOW (f
->selected_window
))
7513 if (FRAME_XIC (f
) && (FRAME_XIC_STYLE (f
) & XIMPreeditPosition
))
7514 xic_set_preeditarea (w
, x
, y
);
7519 XFlush (FRAME_X_DISPLAY (f
));
7526 /* Make the x-window of frame F use the gnu icon bitmap. */
7529 x_bitmap_icon (f
, file
)
7535 if (FRAME_X_WINDOW (f
) == 0)
7538 /* Free up our existing icon bitmap and mask if any. */
7539 if (f
->output_data
.x
->icon_bitmap
> 0)
7540 x_destroy_bitmap (f
, f
->output_data
.x
->icon_bitmap
);
7541 f
->output_data
.x
->icon_bitmap
= 0;
7546 /* Use gtk_window_set_icon_from_file () if available,
7547 It's not restricted to bitmaps */
7548 if (xg_set_icon (f
, file
))
7550 #endif /* USE_GTK */
7551 bitmap_id
= x_create_bitmap_from_file (f
, file
);
7552 x_create_bitmap_mask (f
, bitmap_id
);
7556 /* Create the GNU bitmap and mask if necessary. */
7557 if (FRAME_X_DISPLAY_INFO (f
)->icon_bitmap_id
< 0)
7561 #if defined (HAVE_XPM) && defined (HAVE_X_WINDOWS)
7563 if (xg_set_icon_from_xpm_data (f
, gnu_xpm_bits
))
7566 rc
= x_create_bitmap_from_xpm_data (f
, gnu_xpm_bits
);
7568 FRAME_X_DISPLAY_INFO (f
)->icon_bitmap_id
= rc
;
7569 #endif /* USE_GTK */
7570 #endif /* defined (HAVE_XPM) && defined (HAVE_X_WINDOWS) */
7572 /* If all else fails, use the (black and white) xbm image. */
7575 rc
= x_create_bitmap_from_data (f
, gnu_xbm_bits
,
7576 gnu_xbm_width
, gnu_xbm_height
);
7580 FRAME_X_DISPLAY_INFO (f
)->icon_bitmap_id
= rc
;
7581 x_create_bitmap_mask (f
, FRAME_X_DISPLAY_INFO (f
)->icon_bitmap_id
);
7585 /* The first time we create the GNU bitmap and mask,
7586 this increments the ref-count one extra time.
7587 As a result, the GNU bitmap and mask are never freed.
7588 That way, we don't have to worry about allocating it again. */
7589 x_reference_bitmap (f
, FRAME_X_DISPLAY_INFO (f
)->icon_bitmap_id
);
7591 bitmap_id
= FRAME_X_DISPLAY_INFO (f
)->icon_bitmap_id
;
7594 x_wm_set_icon_pixmap (f
, bitmap_id
);
7595 f
->output_data
.x
->icon_bitmap
= bitmap_id
;
7601 /* Make the x-window of frame F use a rectangle with text.
7602 Use ICON_NAME as the text. */
7605 x_text_icon (f
, icon_name
)
7609 if (FRAME_X_WINDOW (f
) == 0)
7614 text
.value
= (unsigned char *) icon_name
;
7615 text
.encoding
= XA_STRING
;
7617 text
.nitems
= strlen (icon_name
);
7618 XSetWMIconName (FRAME_X_DISPLAY (f
), FRAME_OUTER_WINDOW (f
), &text
);
7621 if (f
->output_data
.x
->icon_bitmap
> 0)
7622 x_destroy_bitmap (f
, f
->output_data
.x
->icon_bitmap
);
7623 f
->output_data
.x
->icon_bitmap
= 0;
7624 x_wm_set_icon_pixmap (f
, 0);
7629 #define X_ERROR_MESSAGE_SIZE 200
7631 /* If non-nil, this should be a string.
7632 It means catch X errors and store the error message in this string.
7634 The reason we use a stack is that x_catch_error/x_uncatch_error can
7635 be called from a signal handler.
7638 struct x_error_message_stack
{
7639 char string
[X_ERROR_MESSAGE_SIZE
];
7641 struct x_error_message_stack
*prev
;
7643 static struct x_error_message_stack
*x_error_message
;
7645 /* An X error handler which stores the error message in
7646 *x_error_message. This is called from x_error_handler if
7647 x_catch_errors is in effect. */
7650 x_error_catcher (display
, error
)
7654 XGetErrorText (display
, error
->error_code
,
7655 x_error_message
->string
,
7656 X_ERROR_MESSAGE_SIZE
);
7659 /* Begin trapping X errors for display DPY. Actually we trap X errors
7660 for all displays, but DPY should be the display you are actually
7663 After calling this function, X protocol errors no longer cause
7664 Emacs to exit; instead, they are recorded in the string
7665 stored in *x_error_message.
7667 Calling x_check_errors signals an Emacs error if an X error has
7668 occurred since the last call to x_catch_errors or x_check_errors.
7670 Calling x_uncatch_errors resumes the normal error handling. */
7672 void x_check_errors ();
7675 x_catch_errors (dpy
)
7678 struct x_error_message_stack
*data
= xmalloc (sizeof (*data
));
7680 /* Make sure any errors from previous requests have been dealt with. */
7684 data
->string
[0] = 0;
7685 data
->prev
= x_error_message
;
7686 x_error_message
= data
;
7689 /* Undo the last x_catch_errors call.
7690 DPY should be the display that was passed to x_catch_errors. */
7695 struct x_error_message_stack
*tmp
;
7699 /* The display may have been closed before this function is called.
7700 Check if it is still open before calling XSync. */
7701 if (x_display_info_for_display (x_error_message
->dpy
) != 0)
7702 XSync (x_error_message
->dpy
, False
);
7704 tmp
= x_error_message
;
7705 x_error_message
= x_error_message
->prev
;
7710 /* If any X protocol errors have arrived since the last call to
7711 x_catch_errors or x_check_errors, signal an Emacs error using
7712 sprintf (a buffer, FORMAT, the x error message text) as the text. */
7715 x_check_errors (dpy
, format
)
7719 /* Make sure to catch any errors incurred so far. */
7722 if (x_error_message
->string
[0])
7724 char string
[X_ERROR_MESSAGE_SIZE
];
7725 bcopy (x_error_message
->string
, string
, X_ERROR_MESSAGE_SIZE
);
7726 x_uncatch_errors ();
7727 error (format
, string
);
7731 /* Nonzero if we had any X protocol errors
7732 since we did x_catch_errors on DPY. */
7735 x_had_errors_p (dpy
)
7738 /* Make sure to catch any errors incurred so far. */
7741 return x_error_message
->string
[0] != 0;
7744 /* Forget about any errors we have had, since we did x_catch_errors on DPY. */
7747 x_clear_errors (dpy
)
7750 x_error_message
->string
[0] = 0;
7753 #if 0 /* See comment in unwind_to_catch why calling this is a bad
7754 * idea. --lorentey */
7755 /* Close off all unclosed x_catch_errors calls. */
7758 x_fully_uncatch_errors ()
7760 while (x_error_message
)
7761 x_uncatch_errors ();
7765 /* Nonzero if x_catch_errors has been done and not yet canceled. */
7768 x_catching_errors ()
7770 return x_error_message
!= 0;
7774 static unsigned int x_wire_count
;
7777 fprintf (stderr
, "Lib call: %d\n", ++x_wire_count
);
7782 /* Handle SIGPIPE, which can happen when the connection to a server
7783 simply goes away. SIGPIPE is handled by x_connection_signal.
7784 Don't need to do anything, because the write which caused the
7785 SIGPIPE will fail, causing Xlib to invoke the X IO error handler,
7786 which will do the appropriate cleanup for us. */
7789 x_connection_signal (signalnum
) /* If we don't have an argument, */
7790 int signalnum
; /* some compilers complain in signal calls. */
7793 /* USG systems forget handlers when they are used;
7794 must reestablish each time */
7795 signal (signalnum
, x_connection_signal
);
7800 /************************************************************************
7802 ************************************************************************/
7804 /* Error message passed to x_connection_closed. */
7806 static char *error_msg
;
7808 /* Function installed as fatal_error_signal_hook in
7809 x_connection_closed. Print the X error message, and exit normally,
7810 instead of dumping core when XtCloseDisplay fails. */
7813 x_fatal_error_signal ()
7815 fprintf (stderr
, "%s\n", error_msg
);
7819 /* Handle the loss of connection to display DPY. ERROR_MESSAGE is
7820 the text of an error message that lead to the connection loss. */
7823 x_connection_closed (dpy
, error_message
)
7825 char *error_message
;
7827 struct x_display_info
*dpyinfo
= x_display_info_for_display (dpy
);
7828 Lisp_Object frame
, tail
;
7829 int index
= SPECPDL_INDEX ();
7831 error_msg
= (char *) alloca (strlen (error_message
) + 1);
7832 strcpy (error_msg
, error_message
);
7833 handling_signal
= 0;
7835 /* Prevent being called recursively because of an error condition
7836 below. Otherwise, we might end up with printing ``can't find per
7837 display information'' in the recursive call instead of printing
7838 the original message here. */
7839 x_catch_errors (dpy
);
7841 /* Inhibit redisplay while frames are being deleted. */
7842 specbind (Qinhibit_redisplay
, Qt
);
7846 /* Protect display from being closed when we delete the last
7848 dpyinfo
->reference_count
++;
7849 dpyinfo
->terminal
->reference_count
++;
7852 /* First delete frames whose mini-buffers are on frames
7853 that are on the dead display. */
7854 FOR_EACH_FRAME (tail
, frame
)
7856 Lisp_Object minibuf_frame
;
7858 = WINDOW_FRAME (XWINDOW (FRAME_MINIBUF_WINDOW (XFRAME (frame
))));
7859 if (FRAME_X_P (XFRAME (frame
))
7860 && FRAME_X_P (XFRAME (minibuf_frame
))
7861 && ! EQ (frame
, minibuf_frame
)
7862 && FRAME_X_DISPLAY_INFO (XFRAME (minibuf_frame
)) == dpyinfo
)
7863 Fdelete_frame (frame
, Qnoelisp
);
7866 /* Now delete all remaining frames on the dead display.
7867 We are now sure none of these is used as the mini-buffer
7868 for another frame that we need to delete. */
7869 FOR_EACH_FRAME (tail
, frame
)
7870 if (FRAME_X_P (XFRAME (frame
))
7871 && FRAME_X_DISPLAY_INFO (XFRAME (frame
)) == dpyinfo
)
7873 /* Set this to t so that Fdelete_frame won't get confused
7874 trying to find a replacement. */
7875 FRAME_KBOARD (XFRAME (frame
))->Vdefault_minibuffer_frame
= Qt
;
7876 Fdelete_frame (frame
, Qnoelisp
);
7879 /* We have to close the display to inform Xt that it doesn't
7880 exist anymore. If we don't, Xt will continue to wait for
7881 events from the display. As a consequence, a sequence of
7883 M-x make-frame-on-display RET :1 RET
7884 ...kill the new frame, so that we get an IO error...
7885 M-x make-frame-on-display RET :1 RET
7887 will indefinitely wait in Xt for events for display `:1', opened
7888 in the first call to make-frame-on-display.
7890 Closing the display is reported to lead to a bus error on
7891 OpenWindows in certain situations. I suspect that is a bug
7892 in OpenWindows. I don't know how to circumvent it here. */
7896 #ifdef USE_X_TOOLKIT
7897 /* If DPYINFO is null, this means we didn't open the display
7898 in the first place, so don't try to close it. */
7900 extern void (*fatal_error_signal_hook
) P_ ((void));
7901 fatal_error_signal_hook
= x_fatal_error_signal
;
7902 XtCloseDisplay (dpy
);
7903 fatal_error_signal_hook
= NULL
;
7908 /* Due to bugs in some Gtk+ versions, just exit here if this
7909 is the last display/terminal. */
7910 if (terminal_list
->next_terminal
== NULL
)
7912 fprintf (stderr
, "%s\n", error_msg
);
7913 shut_down_emacs (0, 0, Qnil
);
7916 xg_display_close (dpyinfo
->display
);
7919 /* Indicate that this display is dead. */
7920 dpyinfo
->display
= 0;
7922 dpyinfo
->reference_count
--;
7923 dpyinfo
->terminal
->reference_count
--;
7924 if (dpyinfo
->reference_count
!= 0)
7925 /* We have just closed all frames on this display. */
7930 XSETTERMINAL (tmp
, dpyinfo
->terminal
);
7931 Fdelete_terminal (tmp
, Qnoelisp
);
7935 x_uncatch_errors ();
7937 if (terminal_list
== 0)
7939 fprintf (stderr
, "%s\n", error_msg
);
7940 shut_down_emacs (0, 0, Qnil
);
7944 /* Ordinary stack unwind doesn't deal with these. */
7946 sigunblock (sigmask (SIGIO
));
7948 sigunblock (sigmask (SIGALRM
));
7949 TOTALLY_UNBLOCK_INPUT
;
7951 unbind_to (index
, Qnil
);
7952 clear_waiting_for_input ();
7953 /* Here, we absolutely have to use a non-local exit (e.g. signal, throw,
7954 longjmp), because returning from this function would get us back into
7955 Xlib's code which will directly call `exit'. */
7956 error ("%s", error_msg
);
7959 /* We specifically use it before defining it, so that gcc doesn't inline it,
7960 otherwise gdb doesn't know how to properly put a breakpoint on it. */
7961 static void x_error_quitter
P_ ((Display
*, XErrorEvent
*));
7963 /* This is the first-level handler for X protocol errors.
7964 It calls x_error_quitter or x_error_catcher. */
7967 x_error_handler (display
, error
)
7971 if (x_error_message
)
7972 x_error_catcher (display
, error
);
7974 x_error_quitter (display
, error
);
7978 /* This is the usual handler for X protocol errors.
7979 It kills all frames on the display that we got the error for.
7980 If that was the only one, it prints an error message and kills Emacs. */
7982 /* .gdbinit puts a breakpoint here, so make sure it is not inlined. */
7984 #if __GNUC__ >= 3 /* On GCC 3.0 we might get a warning. */
7985 #define NO_INLINE __attribute__((noinline))
7990 /* Some versions of GNU/Linux define noinline in their headers. */
7996 /* On older GCC versions, just putting x_error_quitter
7997 after x_error_handler prevents inlining into the former. */
7999 static void NO_INLINE
8000 x_error_quitter (display
, error
)
8004 char buf
[256], buf1
[356];
8006 /* Ignore BadName errors. They can happen because of fonts
8007 or colors that are not defined. */
8009 if (error
->error_code
== BadName
)
8012 /* Note that there is no real way portable across R3/R4 to get the
8013 original error handler. */
8015 XGetErrorText (display
, error
->error_code
, buf
, sizeof (buf
));
8016 sprintf (buf1
, "X protocol error: %s on protocol request %d",
8017 buf
, error
->request_code
);
8018 x_connection_closed (display
, buf1
);
8022 /* This is the handler for X IO errors, always.
8023 It kills all frames on the display that we lost touch with.
8024 If that was the only one, it prints an error message and kills Emacs. */
8027 x_io_error_quitter (display
)
8032 sprintf (buf
, "Connection lost to X server `%s'", DisplayString (display
));
8033 x_connection_closed (display
, buf
);
8037 /* Changing the font of the frame. */
8039 /* Give frame F the font FONT-OBJECT as its default font. The return
8040 value is FONT-OBJECT. FONTSET is an ID of the fontset for the
8041 frame. If it is negative, generate a new fontset from
8045 x_new_font (f
, font_object
, fontset
)
8047 Lisp_Object font_object
;
8050 struct font
*font
= XFONT_OBJECT (font_object
);
8053 fontset
= fontset_from_font (font_object
);
8054 FRAME_FONTSET (f
) = fontset
;
8055 if (FRAME_FONT (f
) == font
)
8056 /* This font is already set in frame F. There's nothing more to
8060 FRAME_FONT (f
) = font
;
8061 FRAME_BASELINE_OFFSET (f
) = font
->baseline_offset
;
8062 FRAME_COLUMN_WIDTH (f
) = font
->average_width
;
8063 FRAME_SPACE_WIDTH (f
) = font
->space_width
;
8064 FRAME_LINE_HEIGHT (f
) = FONT_HEIGHT (font
);
8066 compute_fringe_widths (f
, 1);
8068 /* Compute the scroll bar width in character columns. */
8069 if (FRAME_CONFIG_SCROLL_BAR_WIDTH (f
) > 0)
8071 int wid
= FRAME_COLUMN_WIDTH (f
);
8072 FRAME_CONFIG_SCROLL_BAR_COLS (f
)
8073 = (FRAME_CONFIG_SCROLL_BAR_WIDTH (f
) + wid
-1) / wid
;
8077 int wid
= FRAME_COLUMN_WIDTH (f
);
8078 FRAME_CONFIG_SCROLL_BAR_COLS (f
) = (14 + wid
- 1) / wid
;
8081 if (FRAME_X_WINDOW (f
) != 0)
8083 /* Don't change the size of a tip frame; there's no point in
8084 doing it because it's done in Fx_show_tip, and it leads to
8085 problems because the tip frame has no widget. */
8086 if (NILP (tip_frame
) || XFRAME (tip_frame
) != f
)
8087 x_set_window_size (f
, 0, FRAME_COLS (f
), FRAME_LINES (f
));
8092 && (FRAME_XIC_STYLE (f
) & (XIMPreeditPosition
| XIMStatusArea
)))
8095 xic_set_xfontset (f
, SDATA (fontset_ascii (fontset
)));
8104 /***********************************************************************
8106 ***********************************************************************/
8112 /* XIM destroy callback function, which is called whenever the
8113 connection to input method XIM dies. CLIENT_DATA contains a
8114 pointer to the x_display_info structure corresponding to XIM. */
8117 xim_destroy_callback (xim
, client_data
, call_data
)
8119 XPointer client_data
;
8122 struct x_display_info
*dpyinfo
= (struct x_display_info
*) client_data
;
8123 Lisp_Object frame
, tail
;
8127 /* No need to call XDestroyIC.. */
8128 FOR_EACH_FRAME (tail
, frame
)
8130 struct frame
*f
= XFRAME (frame
);
8131 if (FRAME_X_P (f
) && FRAME_X_DISPLAY_INFO (f
) == dpyinfo
)
8133 FRAME_XIC (f
) = NULL
;
8134 xic_free_xfontset (f
);
8138 /* No need to call XCloseIM. */
8139 dpyinfo
->xim
= NULL
;
8140 XFree (dpyinfo
->xim_styles
);
8144 #endif /* HAVE_X11R6 */
8147 /* This isn't prototyped in OSF 5.0 or 5.1a. */
8148 extern char *XSetIMValues
P_ ((XIM
, ...));
8151 /* Open the connection to the XIM server on display DPYINFO.
8152 RESOURCE_NAME is the resource name Emacs uses. */
8155 xim_open_dpy (dpyinfo
, resource_name
)
8156 struct x_display_info
*dpyinfo
;
8157 char *resource_name
;
8164 xim
= XOpenIM (dpyinfo
->display
, dpyinfo
->xrdb
, resource_name
,
8171 XIMCallback destroy
;
8174 /* Get supported styles and XIM values. */
8175 XGetIMValues (xim
, XNQueryInputStyle
, &dpyinfo
->xim_styles
, NULL
);
8178 destroy
.callback
= xim_destroy_callback
;
8179 destroy
.client_data
= (XPointer
)dpyinfo
;
8180 XSetIMValues (xim
, XNDestroyCallback
, &destroy
, NULL
);
8186 #endif /* HAVE_XIM */
8187 dpyinfo
->xim
= NULL
;
8191 #ifdef HAVE_X11R6_XIM
8195 struct x_display_info
*dpyinfo
;
8196 char *resource_name
;
8199 /* XIM instantiate callback function, which is called whenever an XIM
8200 server is available. DISPLAY is the display of the XIM.
8201 CLIENT_DATA contains a pointer to an xim_inst_t structure created
8202 when the callback was registered. */
8205 xim_instantiate_callback (display
, client_data
, call_data
)
8207 XPointer client_data
;
8210 struct xim_inst_t
*xim_inst
= (struct xim_inst_t
*) client_data
;
8211 struct x_display_info
*dpyinfo
= xim_inst
->dpyinfo
;
8213 /* We don't support multiple XIM connections. */
8217 xim_open_dpy (dpyinfo
, xim_inst
->resource_name
);
8219 /* Create XIC for the existing frames on the same display, as long
8220 as they have no XIC. */
8221 if (dpyinfo
->xim
&& dpyinfo
->reference_count
> 0)
8223 Lisp_Object tail
, frame
;
8226 FOR_EACH_FRAME (tail
, frame
)
8228 struct frame
*f
= XFRAME (frame
);
8231 && FRAME_X_DISPLAY_INFO (f
) == xim_inst
->dpyinfo
)
8232 if (FRAME_XIC (f
) == NULL
)
8234 create_frame_xic (f
);
8235 if (FRAME_XIC_STYLE (f
) & XIMStatusArea
)
8236 xic_set_statusarea (f
);
8237 if (FRAME_XIC_STYLE (f
) & XIMPreeditPosition
)
8239 struct window
*w
= XWINDOW (f
->selected_window
);
8240 xic_set_preeditarea (w
, w
->cursor
.x
, w
->cursor
.y
);
8249 #endif /* HAVE_X11R6_XIM */
8252 /* Open a connection to the XIM server on display DPYINFO.
8253 RESOURCE_NAME is the resource name for Emacs. On X11R5, open the
8254 connection only at the first time. On X11R6, open the connection
8255 in the XIM instantiate callback function. */
8258 xim_initialize (dpyinfo
, resource_name
)
8259 struct x_display_info
*dpyinfo
;
8260 char *resource_name
;
8265 #ifdef HAVE_X11R6_XIM
8266 struct xim_inst_t
*xim_inst
;
8269 dpyinfo
->xim
= NULL
;
8270 xim_inst
= (struct xim_inst_t
*) xmalloc (sizeof (struct xim_inst_t
));
8271 xim_inst
->dpyinfo
= dpyinfo
;
8272 len
= strlen (resource_name
);
8273 xim_inst
->resource_name
= (char *) xmalloc (len
+ 1);
8274 bcopy (resource_name
, xim_inst
->resource_name
, len
+ 1);
8275 XRegisterIMInstantiateCallback (dpyinfo
->display
, dpyinfo
->xrdb
,
8276 resource_name
, EMACS_CLASS
,
8277 xim_instantiate_callback
,
8278 /* This is XPointer in XFree86
8279 but (XPointer *) on Tru64, at
8280 least, hence the configure test. */
8281 (XRegisterIMInstantiateCallback_arg6
) xim_inst
);
8282 #else /* not HAVE_X11R6_XIM */
8283 dpyinfo
->xim
= NULL
;
8284 xim_open_dpy (dpyinfo
, resource_name
);
8285 #endif /* not HAVE_X11R6_XIM */
8289 #endif /* HAVE_XIM */
8290 dpyinfo
->xim
= NULL
;
8294 /* Close the connection to the XIM server on display DPYINFO. */
8297 xim_close_dpy (dpyinfo
)
8298 struct x_display_info
*dpyinfo
;
8303 #ifdef HAVE_X11R6_XIM
8304 if (dpyinfo
->display
)
8305 XUnregisterIMInstantiateCallback (dpyinfo
->display
, dpyinfo
->xrdb
,
8307 xim_instantiate_callback
, NULL
);
8308 #endif /* not HAVE_X11R6_XIM */
8309 if (dpyinfo
->display
)
8310 XCloseIM (dpyinfo
->xim
);
8311 dpyinfo
->xim
= NULL
;
8312 XFree (dpyinfo
->xim_styles
);
8314 #endif /* HAVE_XIM */
8317 #endif /* not HAVE_X11R6_XIM */
8321 /* Calculate the absolute position in frame F
8322 from its current recorded position values and gravity. */
8325 x_calc_absolute_position (f
)
8328 int flags
= f
->size_hint_flags
;
8330 /* We have nothing to do if the current position
8331 is already for the top-left corner. */
8332 if (! ((flags
& XNegative
) || (flags
& YNegative
)))
8335 /* Treat negative positions as relative to the leftmost bottommost
8336 position that fits on the screen. */
8337 if (flags
& XNegative
)
8338 f
->left_pos
= (FRAME_X_DISPLAY_INFO (f
)->width
8339 - FRAME_PIXEL_WIDTH (f
) + f
->left_pos
);
8342 int height
= FRAME_PIXEL_HEIGHT (f
);
8344 #if defined USE_X_TOOLKIT && defined USE_MOTIF
8345 /* Something is fishy here. When using Motif, starting Emacs with
8346 `-g -0-0', the frame appears too low by a few pixels.
8348 This seems to be so because initially, while Emacs is starting,
8349 the column widget's height and the frame's pixel height are
8350 different. The column widget's height is the right one. In
8351 later invocations, when Emacs is up, the frame's pixel height
8354 It's not obvious where the initial small difference comes from.
8355 2000-12-01, gerd. */
8357 XtVaGetValues (f
->output_data
.x
->column_widget
, XtNheight
, &height
, NULL
);
8360 if (flags
& YNegative
)
8361 f
->top_pos
= (FRAME_X_DISPLAY_INFO (f
)->height
- height
+ f
->top_pos
);
8364 /* The left_pos and top_pos
8365 are now relative to the top and left screen edges,
8366 so the flags should correspond. */
8367 f
->size_hint_flags
&= ~ (XNegative
| YNegative
);
8370 /* CHANGE_GRAVITY is 1 when calling from Fset_frame_position,
8371 to really change the position, and 0 when calling from
8372 x_make_frame_visible (in that case, XOFF and YOFF are the current
8373 position values). It is -1 when calling from x_set_frame_parameters,
8374 which means, do adjust for borders but don't change the gravity. */
8377 x_set_offset (f
, xoff
, yoff
, change_gravity
)
8379 register int xoff
, yoff
;
8382 int modified_top
, modified_left
;
8384 if (change_gravity
> 0)
8386 FRAME_X_OUTPUT (f
)->left_before_move
= f
->left_pos
;
8387 FRAME_X_OUTPUT (f
)->top_before_move
= f
->top_pos
;
8391 f
->size_hint_flags
&= ~ (XNegative
| YNegative
);
8393 f
->size_hint_flags
|= XNegative
;
8395 f
->size_hint_flags
|= YNegative
;
8396 f
->win_gravity
= NorthWestGravity
;
8398 x_calc_absolute_position (f
);
8401 x_wm_set_size_hint (f
, (long) 0, 0);
8403 modified_left
= f
->left_pos
;
8404 modified_top
= f
->top_pos
;
8406 if (change_gravity
!= 0 && FRAME_X_DISPLAY_INFO (f
)->wm_type
== X_WMTYPE_A
)
8408 /* Some WMs (twm, wmaker at least) has an offset that is smaller
8409 than the WM decorations. So we use the calculated offset instead
8410 of the WM decoration sizes here (x/y_pixels_outer_diff). */
8411 modified_left
+= FRAME_X_OUTPUT (f
)->move_offset_left
;
8412 modified_top
+= FRAME_X_OUTPUT (f
)->move_offset_top
;
8415 XMoveWindow (FRAME_X_DISPLAY (f
), FRAME_OUTER_WINDOW (f
),
8416 modified_left
, modified_top
);
8418 x_sync_with_move (f
, f
->left_pos
, f
->top_pos
,
8419 FRAME_X_DISPLAY_INFO (f
)->wm_type
== X_WMTYPE_UNKNOWN
8422 /* change_gravity is non-zero when this function is called from Lisp to
8423 programmatically move a frame. In that case, we call
8424 x_check_expected_move to discover if we have a "Type A" or "Type B"
8425 window manager, and, for a "Type A" window manager, adjust the position
8428 We call x_check_expected_move if a programmatic move occurred, and
8429 either the window manager type (A/B) is unknown or it is Type A but we
8430 need to compute the top/left offset adjustment for this frame. */
8432 if (change_gravity
!= 0 &&
8433 (FRAME_X_DISPLAY_INFO (f
)->wm_type
== X_WMTYPE_UNKNOWN
8434 || (FRAME_X_DISPLAY_INFO (f
)->wm_type
== X_WMTYPE_A
8435 && (FRAME_X_OUTPUT (f
)->move_offset_left
== 0
8436 && FRAME_X_OUTPUT (f
)->move_offset_top
== 0))))
8437 x_check_expected_move (f
, modified_left
, modified_top
);
8442 /* Return non-zero if _NET_SUPPORTING_WM_CHECK window exists and _NET_SUPPORTED
8443 on the root window for frame F contains ATOMNAME.
8444 This is how a WM check shall be done according to the Window Manager
8445 Specification/Extended Window Manager Hints at
8446 http://freedesktop.org/wiki/Specifications/wm-spec. */
8449 wm_supports (f
, atomname
)
8451 const char *atomname
;
8454 unsigned long actual_size
, bytes_remaining
;
8455 int i
, rc
, actual_format
;
8457 Window wmcheck_window
;
8458 struct x_display_info
*dpyinfo
= FRAME_X_DISPLAY_INFO (f
);
8459 Window target_window
= dpyinfo
->root_window
;
8460 long max_len
= 65536;
8461 Display
*dpy
= FRAME_X_DISPLAY (f
);
8462 unsigned char *tmp_data
= NULL
;
8463 Atom target_type
= XA_WINDOW
;
8468 prop_atom
= XInternAtom (dpy
, "_NET_SUPPORTING_WM_CHECK", False
);
8470 x_catch_errors (dpy
);
8471 rc
= XGetWindowProperty (dpy
, target_window
,
8472 prop_atom
, 0, max_len
, False
, target_type
,
8473 &actual_type
, &actual_format
, &actual_size
,
8474 &bytes_remaining
, &tmp_data
);
8476 if (rc
!= Success
|| actual_type
!= XA_WINDOW
|| x_had_errors_p (dpy
))
8478 if (tmp_data
) XFree (tmp_data
);
8479 x_uncatch_errors ();
8484 wmcheck_window
= *(Window
*) tmp_data
;
8487 /* Check if window exists. */
8488 XSelectInput (dpy
, wmcheck_window
, StructureNotifyMask
);
8490 if (x_had_errors_p (dpy
))
8492 x_uncatch_errors ();
8497 if (dpyinfo
->net_supported_window
!= wmcheck_window
)
8499 /* Window changed, reload atoms */
8500 if (dpyinfo
->net_supported_atoms
!= NULL
)
8501 XFree (dpyinfo
->net_supported_atoms
);
8502 dpyinfo
->net_supported_atoms
= NULL
;
8503 dpyinfo
->nr_net_supported_atoms
= 0;
8504 dpyinfo
->net_supported_window
= 0;
8506 target_type
= XA_ATOM
;
8507 prop_atom
= XInternAtom (dpy
, "_NET_SUPPORTED", False
);
8509 rc
= XGetWindowProperty (dpy
, target_window
,
8510 prop_atom
, 0, max_len
, False
, target_type
,
8511 &actual_type
, &actual_format
, &actual_size
,
8512 &bytes_remaining
, &tmp_data
);
8514 if (rc
!= Success
|| actual_type
!= XA_ATOM
|| x_had_errors_p (dpy
))
8516 if (tmp_data
) XFree (tmp_data
);
8517 x_uncatch_errors ();
8522 dpyinfo
->net_supported_atoms
= (Atom
*)tmp_data
;
8523 dpyinfo
->nr_net_supported_atoms
= actual_size
;
8524 dpyinfo
->net_supported_window
= wmcheck_window
;
8528 want_atom
= XInternAtom (dpy
, atomname
, False
);
8530 for (i
= 0; rc
== 0 && i
< dpyinfo
->nr_net_supported_atoms
; ++i
)
8531 rc
= dpyinfo
->net_supported_atoms
[i
] == want_atom
;
8533 x_uncatch_errors ();
8539 /* Do fullscreen as specified in extended window manager hints */
8542 do_ewmh_fullscreen (f
)
8545 int have_net_atom
= wm_supports (f
, "_NET_WM_STATE");
8547 /* Some window managers don't say they support _NET_WM_STATE, but they do say
8548 they support _NET_WM_STATE_FULLSCREEN. Try that also. */
8550 have_net_atom
= wm_supports (f
, "_NET_WM_STATE_FULLSCREEN");
8555 const char *atom
= "_NET_WM_STATE";
8556 const char *fs
= "_NET_WM_STATE_FULLSCREEN";
8557 const char *fw
= "_NET_WM_STATE_MAXIMIZED_HORZ";
8558 const char *fh
= "_NET_WM_STATE_MAXIMIZED_VERT";
8559 const char *what
= NULL
;
8561 XSETFRAME (frame
, f
);
8563 /* If there are _NET_ atoms we assume we have extended window manager
8565 switch (f
->want_fullscreen
)
8567 case FULLSCREEN_BOTH
:
8570 case FULLSCREEN_WIDTH
:
8573 case FULLSCREEN_HEIGHT
:
8578 if (what
!= NULL
&& !wm_supports (f
, what
)) return 0;
8581 Fx_send_client_event (frame
, make_number (0), frame
,
8582 make_unibyte_string (atom
, strlen (atom
)),
8584 Fcons (make_number (0), /* Remove */
8586 (make_unibyte_string (fs
,
8589 Fx_send_client_event (frame
, make_number (0), frame
,
8590 make_unibyte_string (atom
, strlen (atom
)),
8592 Fcons (make_number (0), /* Remove */
8594 (make_unibyte_string (fh
,
8597 Fx_send_client_event (frame
, make_number (0), frame
,
8598 make_unibyte_string (atom
, strlen (atom
)),
8600 Fcons (make_number (0), /* Remove */
8602 (make_unibyte_string (fw
,
8605 f
->want_fullscreen
= FULLSCREEN_NONE
;
8607 Fx_send_client_event (frame
, make_number (0), frame
,
8608 make_unibyte_string (atom
, strlen (atom
)),
8610 Fcons (make_number (1), /* Add */
8612 (make_unibyte_string (what
,
8617 return have_net_atom
;
8621 XTfullscreen_hook (f
)
8624 if (f
->async_visible
)
8627 do_ewmh_fullscreen (f
);
8634 /* Check if we need to resize the frame due to a fullscreen request.
8635 If so needed, resize the frame. */
8637 x_check_fullscreen (f
)
8640 if (f
->want_fullscreen
& FULLSCREEN_BOTH
)
8642 int width
, height
, ign
;
8644 if (do_ewmh_fullscreen (f
))
8647 x_real_positions (f
, &f
->left_pos
, &f
->top_pos
);
8649 x_fullscreen_adjust (f
, &width
, &height
, &ign
, &ign
);
8651 /* We do not need to move the window, it shall be taken care of
8652 when setting WM manager hints.
8653 If the frame is visible already, the position is checked by
8654 x_check_expected_move. */
8655 if (FRAME_COLS (f
) != width
|| FRAME_LINES (f
) != height
)
8657 change_frame_size (f
, height
, width
, 0, 1, 0);
8658 SET_FRAME_GARBAGED (f
);
8659 cancel_mouse_face (f
);
8661 /* Wait for the change of frame size to occur */
8662 f
->want_fullscreen
|= FULLSCREEN_WAIT
;
8667 /* This function is called by x_set_offset to determine whether the window
8668 manager interfered with the positioning of the frame. Type A window
8669 managers position the surrounding window manager decorations a small
8670 amount above and left of the user-supplied position. Type B window
8671 managers position the surrounding window manager decorations at the
8672 user-specified position. If we detect a Type A window manager, we
8673 compensate by moving the window right and down by the proper amount. */
8676 x_check_expected_move (f
, expected_left
, expected_top
)
8681 int current_left
= 0, current_top
= 0;
8683 /* x_real_positions returns the left and top offsets of the outermost
8684 window manager window around the frame. */
8686 x_real_positions (f
, ¤t_left
, ¤t_top
);
8688 if (current_left
!= expected_left
|| current_top
!= expected_top
)
8690 /* It's a "Type A" window manager. */
8695 FRAME_X_DISPLAY_INFO (f
)->wm_type
= X_WMTYPE_A
;
8696 FRAME_X_OUTPUT (f
)->move_offset_left
= expected_left
- current_left
;
8697 FRAME_X_OUTPUT (f
)->move_offset_top
= expected_top
- current_top
;
8699 /* Now fix the mispositioned frame's location. */
8701 adjusted_left
= expected_left
+ FRAME_X_OUTPUT (f
)->move_offset_left
;
8702 adjusted_top
= expected_top
+ FRAME_X_OUTPUT (f
)->move_offset_top
;
8704 XMoveWindow (FRAME_X_DISPLAY (f
), FRAME_OUTER_WINDOW (f
),
8705 adjusted_left
, adjusted_top
);
8707 x_sync_with_move (f
, expected_left
, expected_top
, 0);
8710 /* It's a "Type B" window manager. We don't have to adjust the
8711 frame's position. */
8713 FRAME_X_DISPLAY_INFO (f
)->wm_type
= X_WMTYPE_B
;
8717 /* Wait for XGetGeometry to return up-to-date position information for a
8718 recently-moved frame. Call this immediately after calling XMoveWindow.
8719 If FUZZY is non-zero, then LEFT and TOP are just estimates of where the
8720 frame has been moved to, so we use a fuzzy position comparison instead
8721 of an exact comparison. */
8724 x_sync_with_move (f
, left
, top
, fuzzy
)
8726 int left
, top
, fuzzy
;
8730 while (count
++ < 50)
8732 int current_left
= 0, current_top
= 0;
8734 /* In theory, this call to XSync only needs to happen once, but in
8735 practice, it doesn't seem to work, hence the need for the surrounding
8738 XSync (FRAME_X_DISPLAY (f
), False
);
8739 x_real_positions (f
, ¤t_left
, ¤t_top
);
8743 /* The left fuzz-factor is 10 pixels. The top fuzz-factor is 40
8746 if (eabs (current_left
- left
) <= 10
8747 && eabs (current_top
- top
) <= 40)
8750 else if (current_left
== left
&& current_top
== top
)
8754 /* As a last resort, just wait 0.5 seconds and hope that XGetGeometry
8755 will then return up-to-date position info. */
8757 wait_reading_process_output (0, 500000, 0, 0, Qnil
, NULL
, 0);
8761 /* Change the size of frame F's X window to COLS/ROWS in the case F
8762 doesn't have a widget. If CHANGE_GRAVITY is 1, we change to
8763 top-left-corner window gravity for this size change and subsequent
8764 size changes. Otherwise we leave the window gravity unchanged. */
8767 x_set_window_size_1 (f
, change_gravity
, cols
, rows
)
8772 int pixelwidth
, pixelheight
;
8774 check_frame_size (f
, &rows
, &cols
);
8775 f
->scroll_bar_actual_width
8776 = (!FRAME_HAS_VERTICAL_SCROLL_BARS (f
)
8778 : FRAME_CONFIG_SCROLL_BAR_WIDTH (f
) > 0
8779 ? FRAME_CONFIG_SCROLL_BAR_WIDTH (f
)
8780 : (FRAME_CONFIG_SCROLL_BAR_COLS (f
) * FRAME_COLUMN_WIDTH (f
)));
8782 compute_fringe_widths (f
, 0);
8784 pixelwidth
= FRAME_TEXT_COLS_TO_PIXEL_WIDTH (f
, cols
);
8785 pixelheight
= FRAME_TEXT_LINES_TO_PIXEL_HEIGHT (f
, rows
);
8787 f
->win_gravity
= NorthWestGravity
;
8788 x_wm_set_size_hint (f
, (long) 0, 0);
8790 XSync (FRAME_X_DISPLAY (f
), False
);
8791 XResizeWindow (FRAME_X_DISPLAY (f
), FRAME_X_WINDOW (f
),
8792 pixelwidth
, pixelheight
);
8794 /* Now, strictly speaking, we can't be sure that this is accurate,
8795 but the window manager will get around to dealing with the size
8796 change request eventually, and we'll hear how it went when the
8797 ConfigureNotify event gets here.
8799 We could just not bother storing any of this information here,
8800 and let the ConfigureNotify event set everything up, but that
8801 might be kind of confusing to the Lisp code, since size changes
8802 wouldn't be reported in the frame parameters until some random
8803 point in the future when the ConfigureNotify event arrives.
8805 We pass 1 for DELAY since we can't run Lisp code inside of
8807 change_frame_size (f
, rows
, cols
, 0, 1, 0);
8808 FRAME_PIXEL_WIDTH (f
) = pixelwidth
;
8809 FRAME_PIXEL_HEIGHT (f
) = pixelheight
;
8811 /* We've set {FRAME,PIXEL}_{WIDTH,HEIGHT} to the values we hope to
8812 receive in the ConfigureNotify event; if we get what we asked
8813 for, then the event won't cause the screen to become garbaged, so
8814 we have to make sure to do it here. */
8815 SET_FRAME_GARBAGED (f
);
8817 XFlush (FRAME_X_DISPLAY (f
));
8821 /* Call this to change the size of frame F's x-window.
8822 If CHANGE_GRAVITY is 1, we change to top-left-corner window gravity
8823 for this size change and subsequent size changes.
8824 Otherwise we leave the window gravity unchanged. */
8827 x_set_window_size (f
, change_gravity
, cols
, rows
)
8835 if (FRAME_GTK_WIDGET (f
))
8836 xg_frame_set_char_size (f
, cols
, rows
);
8838 x_set_window_size_1 (f
, change_gravity
, cols
, rows
);
8841 if (f
->output_data
.x
->widget
!= NULL
)
8843 /* The x and y position of the widget is clobbered by the
8844 call to XtSetValues within EmacsFrameSetCharSize.
8845 This is a real kludge, but I don't understand Xt so I can't
8846 figure out a correct fix. Can anyone else tell me? -- rms. */
8847 int xpos
= f
->output_data
.x
->widget
->core
.x
;
8848 int ypos
= f
->output_data
.x
->widget
->core
.y
;
8849 EmacsFrameSetCharSize (f
->output_data
.x
->edit_widget
, cols
, rows
);
8850 f
->output_data
.x
->widget
->core
.x
= xpos
;
8851 f
->output_data
.x
->widget
->core
.y
= ypos
;
8854 x_set_window_size_1 (f
, change_gravity
, cols
, rows
);
8856 #else /* not USE_X_TOOLKIT */
8858 x_set_window_size_1 (f
, change_gravity
, cols
, rows
);
8860 #endif /* not USE_X_TOOLKIT */
8862 /* If cursor was outside the new size, mark it as off. */
8863 mark_window_cursors_off (XWINDOW (f
->root_window
));
8865 /* Clear out any recollection of where the mouse highlighting was,
8866 since it might be in a place that's outside the new frame size.
8867 Actually checking whether it is outside is a pain in the neck,
8868 so don't try--just let the highlighting be done afresh with new size. */
8869 cancel_mouse_face (f
);
8874 /* Mouse warping. */
8877 x_set_mouse_position (f
, x
, y
)
8883 pix_x
= FRAME_COL_TO_PIXEL_X (f
, x
) + FRAME_COLUMN_WIDTH (f
) / 2;
8884 pix_y
= FRAME_LINE_TO_PIXEL_Y (f
, y
) + FRAME_LINE_HEIGHT (f
) / 2;
8886 if (pix_x
< 0) pix_x
= 0;
8887 if (pix_x
> FRAME_PIXEL_WIDTH (f
)) pix_x
= FRAME_PIXEL_WIDTH (f
);
8889 if (pix_y
< 0) pix_y
= 0;
8890 if (pix_y
> FRAME_PIXEL_HEIGHT (f
)) pix_y
= FRAME_PIXEL_HEIGHT (f
);
8894 XWarpPointer (FRAME_X_DISPLAY (f
), None
, FRAME_X_WINDOW (f
),
8895 0, 0, 0, 0, pix_x
, pix_y
);
8899 /* Move the mouse to position pixel PIX_X, PIX_Y relative to frame F. */
8902 x_set_mouse_pixel_position (f
, pix_x
, pix_y
)
8908 XWarpPointer (FRAME_X_DISPLAY (f
), None
, FRAME_X_WINDOW (f
),
8909 0, 0, 0, 0, pix_x
, pix_y
);
8913 /* focus shifting, raising and lowering. */
8916 x_focus_on_frame (f
)
8919 #if 0 /* This proves to be unpleasant. */
8923 /* I don't think that the ICCCM allows programs to do things like this
8924 without the interaction of the window manager. Whatever you end up
8925 doing with this code, do it to x_unfocus_frame too. */
8926 XSetInputFocus (FRAME_X_DISPLAY (f
), FRAME_X_WINDOW (f
),
8927 RevertToPointerRoot
, CurrentTime
);
8936 /* Look at the remarks in x_focus_on_frame. */
8937 if (FRAME_X_DISPLAY_INFO (f
)->x_focus_frame
== f
)
8938 XSetInputFocus (FRAME_X_DISPLAY (f
), PointerRoot
,
8939 RevertToPointerRoot
, CurrentTime
);
8943 /* Raise frame F. */
8950 if (f
->async_visible
)
8951 XRaiseWindow (FRAME_X_DISPLAY (f
), FRAME_OUTER_WINDOW (f
));
8953 XFlush (FRAME_X_DISPLAY (f
));
8957 /* Lower frame F. */
8963 if (f
->async_visible
)
8966 XLowerWindow (FRAME_X_DISPLAY (f
), FRAME_OUTER_WINDOW (f
));
8967 XFlush (FRAME_X_DISPLAY (f
));
8972 /* Activate frame with Extended Window Manager Hints */
8975 x_ewmh_activate_frame (f
)
8978 /* See Window Manager Specification/Extended Window Manager Hints at
8979 http://freedesktop.org/wiki/Specifications/wm-spec */
8981 const char *atom
= "_NET_ACTIVE_WINDOW";
8982 if (f
->async_visible
&& wm_supports (f
, atom
))
8985 XSETFRAME (frame
, f
);
8986 Fx_send_client_event (frame
, make_number (0), frame
,
8987 make_unibyte_string (atom
, strlen (atom
)),
8989 Fcons (make_number (1),
8990 Fcons (make_number (last_user_time
),
8996 XTframe_raise_lower (f
, raise_flag
)
9006 /* XEmbed implementation. */
9009 xembed_set_info (f
, flags
)
9011 enum xembed_info flags
;
9014 unsigned long data
[2];
9016 atom
= XInternAtom (FRAME_X_DISPLAY (f
), "_XEMBED_INFO", False
);
9018 data
[0] = XEMBED_VERSION
;
9021 XChangeProperty (FRAME_X_DISPLAY (f
), FRAME_OUTER_WINDOW (f
), atom
, atom
,
9022 32, PropModeReplace
, (unsigned char *) data
, 2);
9026 xembed_send_message (f
, time
, message
, detail
, data1
, data2
)
9029 enum xembed_message message
;
9036 event
.xclient
.type
= ClientMessage
;
9037 event
.xclient
.window
= FRAME_X_OUTPUT (f
)->parent_desc
;
9038 event
.xclient
.message_type
= FRAME_X_DISPLAY_INFO (f
)->Xatom_XEMBED
;
9039 event
.xclient
.format
= 32;
9040 event
.xclient
.data
.l
[0] = time
;
9041 event
.xclient
.data
.l
[1] = message
;
9042 event
.xclient
.data
.l
[2] = detail
;
9043 event
.xclient
.data
.l
[3] = data1
;
9044 event
.xclient
.data
.l
[4] = data2
;
9046 XSendEvent (FRAME_X_DISPLAY (f
), FRAME_X_OUTPUT (f
)->parent_desc
,
9047 False
, NoEventMask
, &event
);
9048 XSync (FRAME_X_DISPLAY (f
), False
);
9051 /* Change of visibility. */
9053 /* This tries to wait until the frame is really visible.
9054 However, if the window manager asks the user where to position
9055 the frame, this will return before the user finishes doing that.
9056 The frame will not actually be visible at that time,
9057 but it will become visible later when the window manager
9058 finishes with it. */
9061 x_make_frame_visible (f
)
9065 int original_top
, original_left
;
9066 int retry_count
= 2;
9072 type
= x_icon_type (f
);
9074 x_bitmap_icon (f
, type
);
9076 if (! FRAME_VISIBLE_P (f
))
9078 /* We test FRAME_GARBAGED_P here to make sure we don't
9079 call x_set_offset a second time
9080 if we get to x_make_frame_visible a second time
9081 before the window gets really visible. */
9082 if (! FRAME_ICONIFIED_P (f
)
9083 && ! FRAME_X_EMBEDDED_P (f
)
9084 && ! f
->output_data
.x
->asked_for_visible
)
9085 x_set_offset (f
, f
->left_pos
, f
->top_pos
, 0);
9087 f
->output_data
.x
->asked_for_visible
= 1;
9089 if (! EQ (Vx_no_window_manager
, Qt
))
9090 x_wm_set_window_state (f
, NormalState
);
9091 #ifdef USE_X_TOOLKIT
9092 if (FRAME_X_EMBEDDED_P (f
))
9093 xembed_set_info (f
, XEMBED_MAPPED
);
9096 /* This was XtPopup, but that did nothing for an iconified frame. */
9097 XtMapWidget (f
->output_data
.x
->widget
);
9099 #else /* not USE_X_TOOLKIT */
9101 gtk_widget_show_all (FRAME_GTK_OUTER_WIDGET (f
));
9102 gtk_window_deiconify (GTK_WINDOW (FRAME_GTK_OUTER_WIDGET (f
)));
9104 if (FRAME_X_EMBEDDED_P (f
))
9105 xembed_set_info (f
, XEMBED_MAPPED
);
9107 XMapRaised (FRAME_X_DISPLAY (f
), FRAME_X_WINDOW (f
));
9108 #endif /* not USE_GTK */
9109 #endif /* not USE_X_TOOLKIT */
9110 #if 0 /* This seems to bring back scroll bars in the wrong places
9111 if the window configuration has changed. They seem
9112 to come back ok without this. */
9113 if (FRAME_HAS_VERTICAL_SCROLL_BARS (f
))
9114 XMapSubwindows (FRAME_X_DISPLAY (f
), FRAME_X_WINDOW (f
));
9118 XFlush (FRAME_X_DISPLAY (f
));
9120 /* Synchronize to ensure Emacs knows the frame is visible
9121 before we do anything else. We do this loop with input not blocked
9122 so that incoming events are handled. */
9126 /* This must be before UNBLOCK_INPUT
9127 since events that arrive in response to the actions above
9128 will set it when they are handled. */
9129 int previously_visible
= f
->output_data
.x
->has_been_visible
;
9131 original_left
= f
->left_pos
;
9132 original_top
= f
->top_pos
;
9134 /* This must come after we set COUNT. */
9137 /* We unblock here so that arriving X events are processed. */
9139 /* Now move the window back to where it was "supposed to be".
9140 But don't do it if the gravity is negative.
9141 When the gravity is negative, this uses a position
9142 that is 3 pixels too low. Perhaps that's really the border width.
9144 Don't do this if the window has never been visible before,
9145 because the window manager may choose the position
9146 and we don't want to override it. */
9148 if (! FRAME_VISIBLE_P (f
)
9149 && ! FRAME_ICONIFIED_P (f
)
9150 && ! FRAME_X_EMBEDDED_P (f
)
9151 && f
->win_gravity
== NorthWestGravity
9152 && previously_visible
)
9156 unsigned int width
, height
, border
, depth
;
9160 /* On some window managers (such as FVWM) moving an existing
9161 window, even to the same place, causes the window manager
9162 to introduce an offset. This can cause the window to move
9163 to an unexpected location. Check the geometry (a little
9164 slow here) and then verify that the window is in the right
9165 place. If the window is not in the right place, move it
9166 there, and take the potential window manager hit. */
9167 XGetGeometry (FRAME_X_DISPLAY (f
), FRAME_OUTER_WINDOW (f
),
9168 &rootw
, &x
, &y
, &width
, &height
, &border
, &depth
);
9170 if (original_left
!= x
|| original_top
!= y
)
9171 XMoveWindow (FRAME_X_DISPLAY (f
), FRAME_OUTER_WINDOW (f
),
9172 original_left
, original_top
);
9177 XSETFRAME (frame
, f
);
9179 /* Wait until the frame is visible. Process X events until a
9180 MapNotify event has been seen, or until we think we won't get a
9181 MapNotify at all.. */
9182 for (count
= input_signal_count
+ 10;
9183 input_signal_count
< count
&& !FRAME_VISIBLE_P (f
);)
9185 /* Force processing of queued events. */
9188 /* Machines that do polling rather than SIGIO have been
9189 observed to go into a busy-wait here. So we'll fake an
9190 alarm signal to let the handler know that there's something
9191 to be read. We used to raise a real alarm, but it seems
9192 that the handler isn't always enabled here. This is
9194 if (input_polling_used ())
9196 /* It could be confusing if a real alarm arrives while
9197 processing the fake one. Turn it off and let the
9198 handler reset it. */
9199 extern void poll_for_input_1
P_ ((void));
9200 int old_poll_suppress_count
= poll_suppress_count
;
9201 poll_suppress_count
= 1;
9202 poll_for_input_1 ();
9203 poll_suppress_count
= old_poll_suppress_count
;
9206 /* See if a MapNotify event has been processed. */
9207 FRAME_SAMPLE_VISIBILITY (f
);
9212 (let ((f (selected-frame)))
9216 the frame is not raised with various window managers on
9217 FreeBSD, GNU/Linux and Solaris. It turns out that, for some
9218 unknown reason, the call to XtMapWidget is completely ignored.
9219 Mapping the widget a second time works. */
9221 if (!FRAME_VISIBLE_P (f
) && --retry_count
> 0)
9226 /* Change from mapped state to withdrawn state. */
9228 /* Make the frame visible (mapped and not iconified). */
9231 x_make_frame_invisible (f
)
9236 /* Use the frame's outermost window, not the one we normally draw on. */
9237 window
= FRAME_OUTER_WINDOW (f
);
9239 /* Don't keep the highlight on an invisible frame. */
9240 if (FRAME_X_DISPLAY_INFO (f
)->x_highlight_frame
== f
)
9241 FRAME_X_DISPLAY_INFO (f
)->x_highlight_frame
= 0;
9243 #if 0/* This might add unreliability; I don't trust it -- rms. */
9244 if (! f
->async_visible
&& ! f
->async_iconified
)
9250 /* Before unmapping the window, update the WM_SIZE_HINTS property to claim
9251 that the current position of the window is user-specified, rather than
9252 program-specified, so that when the window is mapped again, it will be
9253 placed at the same location, without forcing the user to position it
9254 by hand again (they have already done that once for this window.) */
9255 x_wm_set_size_hint (f
, (long) 0, 1);
9258 if (FRAME_GTK_OUTER_WIDGET (f
))
9259 gtk_widget_hide (FRAME_GTK_OUTER_WIDGET (f
));
9262 if (FRAME_X_EMBEDDED_P (f
))
9263 xembed_set_info (f
, 0);
9268 if (! XWithdrawWindow (FRAME_X_DISPLAY (f
), window
,
9269 DefaultScreen (FRAME_X_DISPLAY (f
))))
9271 UNBLOCK_INPUT_RESIGNAL
;
9272 error ("Can't notify window manager of window withdrawal");
9276 /* We can't distinguish this from iconification
9277 just by the event that we get from the server.
9278 So we can't win using the usual strategy of letting
9279 FRAME_SAMPLE_VISIBILITY set this. So do it by hand,
9280 and synchronize with the server to make sure we agree. */
9282 FRAME_ICONIFIED_P (f
) = 0;
9283 f
->async_visible
= 0;
9284 f
->async_iconified
= 0;
9291 /* Change window state from mapped to iconified. */
9300 /* Don't keep the highlight on an invisible frame. */
9301 if (FRAME_X_DISPLAY_INFO (f
)->x_highlight_frame
== f
)
9302 FRAME_X_DISPLAY_INFO (f
)->x_highlight_frame
= 0;
9304 if (f
->async_iconified
)
9309 FRAME_SAMPLE_VISIBILITY (f
);
9311 type
= x_icon_type (f
);
9313 x_bitmap_icon (f
, type
);
9316 if (FRAME_GTK_OUTER_WIDGET (f
))
9318 if (! FRAME_VISIBLE_P (f
))
9319 gtk_widget_show_all (FRAME_GTK_OUTER_WIDGET (f
));
9321 gtk_window_iconify (GTK_WINDOW (FRAME_GTK_OUTER_WIDGET (f
)));
9324 f
->async_iconified
= 1;
9325 f
->async_visible
= 0;
9331 #ifdef USE_X_TOOLKIT
9333 if (! FRAME_VISIBLE_P (f
))
9335 if (! EQ (Vx_no_window_manager
, Qt
))
9336 x_wm_set_window_state (f
, IconicState
);
9337 /* This was XtPopup, but that did nothing for an iconified frame. */
9338 XtMapWidget (f
->output_data
.x
->widget
);
9339 /* The server won't give us any event to indicate
9340 that an invisible frame was changed to an icon,
9341 so we have to record it here. */
9344 f
->async_iconified
= 1;
9345 f
->async_visible
= 0;
9350 result
= XIconifyWindow (FRAME_X_DISPLAY (f
),
9351 XtWindow (f
->output_data
.x
->widget
),
9352 DefaultScreen (FRAME_X_DISPLAY (f
)));
9356 error ("Can't notify window manager of iconification");
9358 f
->async_iconified
= 1;
9359 f
->async_visible
= 0;
9363 XFlush (FRAME_X_DISPLAY (f
));
9365 #else /* not USE_X_TOOLKIT */
9367 /* Make sure the X server knows where the window should be positioned,
9368 in case the user deiconifies with the window manager. */
9369 if (! FRAME_VISIBLE_P (f
)
9370 && ! FRAME_ICONIFIED_P (f
)
9371 && ! FRAME_X_EMBEDDED_P (f
))
9372 x_set_offset (f
, f
->left_pos
, f
->top_pos
, 0);
9374 /* Since we don't know which revision of X we're running, we'll use both
9375 the X11R3 and X11R4 techniques. I don't know if this is a good idea. */
9377 /* X11R4: send a ClientMessage to the window manager using the
9378 WM_CHANGE_STATE type. */
9382 message
.xclient
.window
= FRAME_X_WINDOW (f
);
9383 message
.xclient
.type
= ClientMessage
;
9384 message
.xclient
.message_type
= FRAME_X_DISPLAY_INFO (f
)->Xatom_wm_change_state
;
9385 message
.xclient
.format
= 32;
9386 message
.xclient
.data
.l
[0] = IconicState
;
9388 if (! XSendEvent (FRAME_X_DISPLAY (f
),
9389 DefaultRootWindow (FRAME_X_DISPLAY (f
)),
9391 SubstructureRedirectMask
| SubstructureNotifyMask
,
9394 UNBLOCK_INPUT_RESIGNAL
;
9395 error ("Can't notify window manager of iconification");
9399 /* X11R3: set the initial_state field of the window manager hints to
9401 x_wm_set_window_state (f
, IconicState
);
9403 if (!FRAME_VISIBLE_P (f
))
9405 /* If the frame was withdrawn, before, we must map it. */
9406 XMapRaised (FRAME_X_DISPLAY (f
), FRAME_X_WINDOW (f
));
9409 f
->async_iconified
= 1;
9410 f
->async_visible
= 0;
9412 XFlush (FRAME_X_DISPLAY (f
));
9414 #endif /* not USE_X_TOOLKIT */
9418 /* Free X resources of frame F. */
9421 x_free_frame_resources (f
)
9424 struct x_display_info
*dpyinfo
= FRAME_X_DISPLAY_INFO (f
);
9426 struct scroll_bar
*b
;
9430 /* If a display connection is dead, don't try sending more
9431 commands to the X server. */
9432 if (dpyinfo
->display
)
9434 /* We must free faces before destroying windows because some
9435 font-driver (e.g. xft) access a window while finishing a
9437 if (FRAME_FACE_CACHE (f
))
9438 free_frame_faces (f
);
9440 if (f
->output_data
.x
->icon_desc
)
9441 XDestroyWindow (FRAME_X_DISPLAY (f
), f
->output_data
.x
->icon_desc
);
9443 #ifdef USE_X_TOOLKIT
9444 /* Explicitly destroy the scroll bars of the frame. Without
9445 this, we get "BadDrawable" errors from the toolkit later on,
9446 presumably from expose events generated for the disappearing
9447 toolkit scroll bars. */
9448 for (bar
= FRAME_SCROLL_BARS (f
); !NILP (bar
); bar
= b
->next
)
9450 b
= XSCROLL_BAR (bar
);
9451 x_scroll_bar_remove (b
);
9460 #ifdef USE_X_TOOLKIT
9461 if (f
->output_data
.x
->widget
)
9463 XtDestroyWidget (f
->output_data
.x
->widget
);
9464 f
->output_data
.x
->widget
= NULL
;
9466 /* Tooltips don't have widgets, only a simple X window, even if
9467 we are using a toolkit. */
9468 else if (FRAME_X_WINDOW (f
))
9469 XDestroyWindow (FRAME_X_DISPLAY (f
), FRAME_X_WINDOW (f
));
9471 free_frame_menubar (f
);
9472 #else /* !USE_X_TOOLKIT */
9475 /* In the GTK version, tooltips are normal X
9476 frames. We must check and free both types. */
9477 if (FRAME_GTK_OUTER_WIDGET (f
))
9479 gtk_widget_destroy (FRAME_GTK_OUTER_WIDGET (f
));
9480 FRAME_X_WINDOW (f
) = 0; /* Set to avoid XDestroyWindow below */
9481 FRAME_GTK_OUTER_WIDGET (f
) = 0;
9483 #endif /* USE_GTK */
9485 if (FRAME_X_WINDOW (f
))
9486 XDestroyWindow (FRAME_X_DISPLAY (f
), FRAME_X_WINDOW (f
));
9487 #endif /* !USE_X_TOOLKIT */
9489 unload_color (f
, FRAME_FOREGROUND_PIXEL (f
));
9490 unload_color (f
, FRAME_BACKGROUND_PIXEL (f
));
9491 unload_color (f
, f
->output_data
.x
->cursor_pixel
);
9492 unload_color (f
, f
->output_data
.x
->cursor_foreground_pixel
);
9493 unload_color (f
, f
->output_data
.x
->border_pixel
);
9494 unload_color (f
, f
->output_data
.x
->mouse_pixel
);
9496 if (f
->output_data
.x
->scroll_bar_background_pixel
!= -1)
9497 unload_color (f
, f
->output_data
.x
->scroll_bar_background_pixel
);
9498 if (f
->output_data
.x
->scroll_bar_foreground_pixel
!= -1)
9499 unload_color (f
, f
->output_data
.x
->scroll_bar_foreground_pixel
);
9500 #ifdef USE_TOOLKIT_SCROLL_BARS
9501 /* Scrollbar shadow colors. */
9502 if (f
->output_data
.x
->scroll_bar_top_shadow_pixel
!= -1)
9503 unload_color (f
, f
->output_data
.x
->scroll_bar_top_shadow_pixel
);
9504 if (f
->output_data
.x
->scroll_bar_bottom_shadow_pixel
!= -1)
9505 unload_color (f
, f
->output_data
.x
->scroll_bar_bottom_shadow_pixel
);
9506 #endif /* USE_TOOLKIT_SCROLL_BARS */
9507 if (f
->output_data
.x
->white_relief
.allocated_p
)
9508 unload_color (f
, f
->output_data
.x
->white_relief
.pixel
);
9509 if (f
->output_data
.x
->black_relief
.allocated_p
)
9510 unload_color (f
, f
->output_data
.x
->black_relief
.pixel
);
9512 if (FRAME_FACE_CACHE (f
))
9513 free_frame_faces (f
);
9516 XFlush (FRAME_X_DISPLAY (f
));
9519 xfree (f
->output_data
.x
->saved_menu_event
);
9520 xfree (f
->output_data
.x
);
9521 f
->output_data
.x
= NULL
;
9523 if (f
== dpyinfo
->x_focus_frame
)
9524 dpyinfo
->x_focus_frame
= 0;
9525 if (f
== dpyinfo
->x_focus_event_frame
)
9526 dpyinfo
->x_focus_event_frame
= 0;
9527 if (f
== dpyinfo
->x_highlight_frame
)
9528 dpyinfo
->x_highlight_frame
= 0;
9530 if (f
== dpyinfo
->mouse_face_mouse_frame
)
9532 dpyinfo
->mouse_face_beg_row
9533 = dpyinfo
->mouse_face_beg_col
= -1;
9534 dpyinfo
->mouse_face_end_row
9535 = dpyinfo
->mouse_face_end_col
= -1;
9536 dpyinfo
->mouse_face_window
= Qnil
;
9537 dpyinfo
->mouse_face_deferred_gc
= 0;
9538 dpyinfo
->mouse_face_mouse_frame
= 0;
9545 /* Destroy the X window of frame F. */
9548 x_destroy_window (f
)
9551 struct x_display_info
*dpyinfo
= FRAME_X_DISPLAY_INFO (f
);
9553 /* If a display connection is dead, don't try sending more
9554 commands to the X server. */
9555 if (dpyinfo
->display
!= 0)
9556 x_free_frame_resources (f
);
9558 dpyinfo
->reference_count
--;
9562 /* Setting window manager hints. */
9564 /* Set the normal size hints for the window manager, for frame F.
9565 FLAGS is the flags word to use--or 0 meaning preserve the flags
9566 that the window now has.
9567 If USER_POSITION is nonzero, we set the USPosition
9568 flag (this is useful when FLAGS is 0).
9569 The GTK version is in gtkutils.c */
9573 x_wm_set_size_hint (f
, flags
, user_position
)
9578 XSizeHints size_hints
;
9580 #ifdef USE_X_TOOLKIT
9583 Dimension widget_width
, widget_height
;
9586 Window window
= FRAME_OUTER_WINDOW (f
);
9588 /* Setting PMaxSize caused various problems. */
9589 size_hints
.flags
= PResizeInc
| PMinSize
/* | PMaxSize */;
9591 size_hints
.x
= f
->left_pos
;
9592 size_hints
.y
= f
->top_pos
;
9594 #ifdef USE_X_TOOLKIT
9595 XtSetArg (al
[ac
], XtNwidth
, &widget_width
); ac
++;
9596 XtSetArg (al
[ac
], XtNheight
, &widget_height
); ac
++;
9597 XtGetValues (f
->output_data
.x
->widget
, al
, ac
);
9598 size_hints
.height
= widget_height
;
9599 size_hints
.width
= widget_width
;
9600 #else /* not USE_X_TOOLKIT */
9601 size_hints
.height
= FRAME_PIXEL_HEIGHT (f
);
9602 size_hints
.width
= FRAME_PIXEL_WIDTH (f
);
9603 #endif /* not USE_X_TOOLKIT */
9605 size_hints
.width_inc
= FRAME_COLUMN_WIDTH (f
);
9606 size_hints
.height_inc
= FRAME_LINE_HEIGHT (f
);
9607 size_hints
.max_width
9608 = FRAME_X_DISPLAY_INFO (f
)->width
- FRAME_TEXT_COLS_TO_PIXEL_WIDTH (f
, 0);
9609 size_hints
.max_height
9610 = FRAME_X_DISPLAY_INFO (f
)->height
- FRAME_TEXT_LINES_TO_PIXEL_HEIGHT (f
, 0);
9612 /* Calculate the base and minimum sizes.
9614 (When we use the X toolkit, we don't do it here.
9615 Instead we copy the values that the widgets are using, below.) */
9616 #ifndef USE_X_TOOLKIT
9618 int base_width
, base_height
;
9619 int min_rows
= 0, min_cols
= 0;
9621 base_width
= FRAME_TEXT_COLS_TO_PIXEL_WIDTH (f
, 0);
9622 base_height
= FRAME_TEXT_LINES_TO_PIXEL_HEIGHT (f
, 0);
9624 check_frame_size (f
, &min_rows
, &min_cols
);
9626 /* The window manager uses the base width hints to calculate the
9627 current number of rows and columns in the frame while
9628 resizing; min_width and min_height aren't useful for this
9629 purpose, since they might not give the dimensions for a
9630 zero-row, zero-column frame.
9632 We use the base_width and base_height members if we have
9633 them; otherwise, we set the min_width and min_height members
9634 to the size for a zero x zero frame. */
9636 size_hints
.flags
|= PBaseSize
;
9637 size_hints
.base_width
= base_width
;
9638 size_hints
.base_height
= base_height
;
9639 size_hints
.min_width
= base_width
+ min_cols
* size_hints
.width_inc
;
9640 size_hints
.min_height
= base_height
+ min_rows
* size_hints
.height_inc
;
9643 /* If we don't need the old flags, we don't need the old hint at all. */
9646 size_hints
.flags
|= flags
;
9649 #endif /* not USE_X_TOOLKIT */
9652 XSizeHints hints
; /* Sometimes I hate X Windows... */
9653 long supplied_return
;
9656 value
= XGetWMNormalHints (FRAME_X_DISPLAY (f
), window
, &hints
,
9659 #ifdef USE_X_TOOLKIT
9660 size_hints
.base_height
= hints
.base_height
;
9661 size_hints
.base_width
= hints
.base_width
;
9662 size_hints
.min_height
= hints
.min_height
;
9663 size_hints
.min_width
= hints
.min_width
;
9667 size_hints
.flags
|= flags
;
9672 if (hints
.flags
& PSize
)
9673 size_hints
.flags
|= PSize
;
9674 if (hints
.flags
& PPosition
)
9675 size_hints
.flags
|= PPosition
;
9676 if (hints
.flags
& USPosition
)
9677 size_hints
.flags
|= USPosition
;
9678 if (hints
.flags
& USSize
)
9679 size_hints
.flags
|= USSize
;
9683 #ifndef USE_X_TOOLKIT
9688 size_hints
.win_gravity
= f
->win_gravity
;
9689 size_hints
.flags
|= PWinGravity
;
9693 size_hints
.flags
&= ~ PPosition
;
9694 size_hints
.flags
|= USPosition
;
9696 #endif /* PWinGravity */
9698 XSetWMNormalHints (FRAME_X_DISPLAY (f
), window
, &size_hints
);
9700 #endif /* not USE_GTK */
9702 /* Used for IconicState or NormalState */
9705 x_wm_set_window_state (f
, state
)
9709 #ifdef USE_X_TOOLKIT
9712 XtSetArg (al
[0], XtNinitialState
, state
);
9713 XtSetValues (f
->output_data
.x
->widget
, al
, 1);
9714 #else /* not USE_X_TOOLKIT */
9715 Window window
= FRAME_X_WINDOW (f
);
9717 f
->output_data
.x
->wm_hints
.flags
|= StateHint
;
9718 f
->output_data
.x
->wm_hints
.initial_state
= state
;
9720 XSetWMHints (FRAME_X_DISPLAY (f
), window
, &f
->output_data
.x
->wm_hints
);
9721 #endif /* not USE_X_TOOLKIT */
9725 x_wm_set_icon_pixmap (f
, pixmap_id
)
9729 Pixmap icon_pixmap
, icon_mask
;
9731 #ifndef USE_X_TOOLKIT
9732 Window window
= FRAME_OUTER_WINDOW (f
);
9737 icon_pixmap
= x_bitmap_pixmap (f
, pixmap_id
);
9738 f
->output_data
.x
->wm_hints
.icon_pixmap
= icon_pixmap
;
9739 icon_mask
= x_bitmap_mask (f
, pixmap_id
);
9740 f
->output_data
.x
->wm_hints
.icon_mask
= icon_mask
;
9744 /* It seems there is no way to turn off use of an icon pixmap.
9745 The following line does it, only if no icon has yet been created,
9746 for some window managers. But with mwm it crashes.
9747 Some people say it should clear the IconPixmapHint bit in this case,
9748 but that doesn't work, and the X consortium said it isn't the
9749 right thing at all. Since there is no way to win,
9750 best to explicitly give up. */
9752 f
->output_data
.x
->wm_hints
.icon_pixmap
= None
;
9753 f
->output_data
.x
->wm_hints
.icon_mask
= None
;
9762 xg_set_frame_icon (f
, icon_pixmap
, icon_mask
);
9766 #elif defined (USE_X_TOOLKIT) /* same as in x_wm_set_window_state. */
9770 XtSetArg (al
[0], XtNiconPixmap
, icon_pixmap
);
9771 XtSetValues (f
->output_data
.x
->widget
, al
, 1);
9772 XtSetArg (al
[0], XtNiconMask
, icon_mask
);
9773 XtSetValues (f
->output_data
.x
->widget
, al
, 1);
9776 #else /* not USE_X_TOOLKIT && not USE_GTK */
9778 f
->output_data
.x
->wm_hints
.flags
|= (IconPixmapHint
| IconMaskHint
);
9779 XSetWMHints (FRAME_X_DISPLAY (f
), window
, &f
->output_data
.x
->wm_hints
);
9781 #endif /* not USE_X_TOOLKIT && not USE_GTK */
9785 x_wm_set_icon_position (f
, icon_x
, icon_y
)
9789 Window window
= FRAME_OUTER_WINDOW (f
);
9791 f
->output_data
.x
->wm_hints
.flags
|= IconPositionHint
;
9792 f
->output_data
.x
->wm_hints
.icon_x
= icon_x
;
9793 f
->output_data
.x
->wm_hints
.icon_y
= icon_y
;
9795 XSetWMHints (FRAME_X_DISPLAY (f
), window
, &f
->output_data
.x
->wm_hints
);
9799 /***********************************************************************
9801 ***********************************************************************/
9805 /* Check that FONT is valid on frame F. It is if it can be found in F's
9809 x_check_font (f
, font
)
9815 xassert (font
!= NULL
&& ! NILP (font
->props
[FONT_TYPE_INDEX
]));
9816 if (font
->driver
->check
)
9817 xassert (font
->driver
->check (f
, font
) == 0);
9820 #endif /* GLYPH_DEBUG != 0 */
9823 /***********************************************************************
9825 ***********************************************************************/
9827 #ifdef USE_X_TOOLKIT
9828 static XrmOptionDescRec emacs_options
[] = {
9829 {"-geometry", ".geometry", XrmoptionSepArg
, NULL
},
9830 {"-iconic", ".iconic", XrmoptionNoArg
, (XtPointer
) "yes"},
9832 {"-internal-border-width", "*EmacsScreen.internalBorderWidth",
9833 XrmoptionSepArg
, NULL
},
9834 {"-ib", "*EmacsScreen.internalBorderWidth", XrmoptionSepArg
, NULL
},
9836 {"-T", "*EmacsShell.title", XrmoptionSepArg
, (XtPointer
) NULL
},
9837 {"-wn", "*EmacsShell.title", XrmoptionSepArg
, (XtPointer
) NULL
},
9838 {"-title", "*EmacsShell.title", XrmoptionSepArg
, (XtPointer
) NULL
},
9839 {"-iconname", "*EmacsShell.iconName", XrmoptionSepArg
, (XtPointer
) NULL
},
9840 {"-in", "*EmacsShell.iconName", XrmoptionSepArg
, (XtPointer
) NULL
},
9841 {"-mc", "*pointerColor", XrmoptionSepArg
, (XtPointer
) NULL
},
9842 {"-cr", "*cursorColor", XrmoptionSepArg
, (XtPointer
) NULL
}
9845 /* Whether atimer for Xt timeouts is activated or not. */
9847 static int x_timeout_atimer_activated_flag
;
9849 #endif /* USE_X_TOOLKIT */
9851 static int x_initialized
;
9854 static int x_session_initialized
;
9857 /* Test whether two display-name strings agree up to the dot that separates
9858 the screen number from the server number. */
9860 same_x_server (name1
, name2
)
9861 const char *name1
, *name2
;
9864 const unsigned char *system_name
= SDATA (Vsystem_name
);
9865 int system_name_length
= strlen (system_name
);
9866 int length_until_period
= 0;
9868 while (system_name
[length_until_period
] != 0
9869 && system_name
[length_until_period
] != '.')
9870 length_until_period
++;
9872 /* Treat `unix' like an empty host name. */
9873 if (! strncmp (name1
, "unix:", 5))
9875 if (! strncmp (name2
, "unix:", 5))
9877 /* Treat this host's name like an empty host name. */
9878 if (! strncmp (name1
, system_name
, system_name_length
)
9879 && name1
[system_name_length
] == ':')
9880 name1
+= system_name_length
;
9881 if (! strncmp (name2
, system_name
, system_name_length
)
9882 && name2
[system_name_length
] == ':')
9883 name2
+= system_name_length
;
9884 /* Treat this host's domainless name like an empty host name. */
9885 if (! strncmp (name1
, system_name
, length_until_period
)
9886 && name1
[length_until_period
] == ':')
9887 name1
+= length_until_period
;
9888 if (! strncmp (name2
, system_name
, length_until_period
)
9889 && name2
[length_until_period
] == ':')
9890 name2
+= length_until_period
;
9892 for (; *name1
!= '\0' && *name1
== *name2
; name1
++, name2
++)
9896 if (seen_colon
&& *name1
== '.')
9900 && (*name1
== '.' || *name1
== '\0')
9901 && (*name2
== '.' || *name2
== '\0'));
9904 /* Count number of set bits in mask and number of bits to shift to
9905 get to the first bit. With MASK 0x7e0, *BITS is set to 6, and *OFFSET
9908 get_bits_and_offset (mask
, bits
, offset
)
9932 /* Return 1 if display DISPLAY is available for use, 0 otherwise.
9933 But don't permanently open it, just test its availability. */
9936 x_display_ok (display
)
9937 const char *display
;
9942 dpy
= XOpenDisplay (display
);
9944 XCloseDisplay (dpy
);
9950 /* Open a connection to X display DISPLAY_NAME, and return
9951 the structure that describes the open display.
9952 If we cannot contact the display, return null. */
9954 struct x_display_info
*
9955 x_term_init (display_name
, xrm_option
, resource_name
)
9956 Lisp_Object display_name
;
9958 char *resource_name
;
9962 struct terminal
*terminal
;
9963 struct x_display_info
*dpyinfo
;
9974 if (! x_display_ok (SDATA (display_name
)))
9975 error ("Display %s can't be opened", SDATA (display_name
));
9981 char *argv
[NUM_ARGV
];
9982 char **argv2
= argv
;
9985 #ifndef HAVE_GTK_MULTIDISPLAY
9986 if (!EQ (Vinitial_window_system
, intern ("x")))
9987 error ("Sorry, you cannot connect to X servers with the GTK toolkit");
9990 if (x_initialized
++ > 1)
9992 #ifdef HAVE_GTK_MULTIDISPLAY
9993 /* Opening another display. If xg_display_open returns less
9994 than zero, we are probably on GTK 2.0, which can only handle
9995 one display. GTK 2.2 or later can handle more than one. */
9996 if (xg_display_open (SDATA (display_name
), &dpy
) < 0)
9998 error ("Sorry, this version of GTK can only handle one display");
10002 for (argc
= 0; argc
< NUM_ARGV
; ++argc
)
10006 argv
[argc
++] = initial_argv
[0];
10008 if (! NILP (display_name
))
10010 argv
[argc
++] = "--display";
10011 argv
[argc
++] = SDATA (display_name
);
10014 argv
[argc
++] = "--name";
10015 argv
[argc
++] = resource_name
;
10017 XSetLocaleModifiers ("");
10019 gtk_init (&argc
, &argv2
);
10021 /* gtk_init does set_locale. We must fix locale after calling it. */
10025 dpy
= GDK_DISPLAY ();
10027 /* NULL window -> events for all windows go to our function */
10028 gdk_window_add_filter (NULL
, event_handler_gdk
, NULL
);
10030 /* Load our own gtkrc if it exists. */
10032 char *file
= "~/.emacs.d/gtkrc";
10033 Lisp_Object s
, abs_file
;
10035 s
= make_string (file
, strlen (file
));
10036 abs_file
= Fexpand_file_name (s
, Qnil
);
10038 if (! NILP (abs_file
) && !NILP (Ffile_readable_p (abs_file
)))
10039 gtk_rc_parse (SDATA (abs_file
));
10042 XSetErrorHandler (x_error_handler
);
10043 XSetIOErrorHandler (x_io_error_quitter
);
10046 #else /* not USE_GTK */
10047 #ifdef USE_X_TOOLKIT
10048 /* weiner@footloose.sps.mot.com reports that this causes
10050 X protocol error: BadAtom (invalid Atom parameter)
10051 on protocol request 18skiloaf.
10052 So let's not use it until R6. */
10053 #ifdef HAVE_X11XTR6
10054 XtSetLanguageProc (NULL
, NULL
, NULL
);
10065 argv
[argc
++] = "-xrm";
10066 argv
[argc
++] = xrm_option
;
10068 turn_on_atimers (0);
10069 dpy
= XtOpenDisplay (Xt_app_con
, SDATA (display_name
),
10070 resource_name
, EMACS_CLASS
,
10071 emacs_options
, XtNumber (emacs_options
),
10073 turn_on_atimers (1);
10075 #ifdef HAVE_X11XTR6
10076 /* I think this is to compensate for XtSetLanguageProc. */
10081 #else /* not USE_X_TOOLKIT */
10082 XSetLocaleModifiers ("");
10083 dpy
= XOpenDisplay (SDATA (display_name
));
10084 #endif /* not USE_X_TOOLKIT */
10085 #endif /* not USE_GTK*/
10087 /* Detect failure. */
10094 /* We have definitely succeeded. Record the new connection. */
10096 dpyinfo
= (struct x_display_info
*) xmalloc (sizeof (struct x_display_info
));
10097 bzero (dpyinfo
, sizeof *dpyinfo
);
10099 terminal
= x_create_terminal (dpyinfo
);
10102 struct x_display_info
*share
;
10105 for (share
= x_display_list
, tail
= x_display_name_list
; share
;
10106 share
= share
->next
, tail
= XCDR (tail
))
10107 if (same_x_server (SDATA (XCAR (XCAR (tail
))),
10108 SDATA (display_name
)))
10111 terminal
->kboard
= share
->terminal
->kboard
;
10114 terminal
->kboard
= (KBOARD
*) xmalloc (sizeof (KBOARD
));
10115 init_kboard (terminal
->kboard
);
10116 terminal
->kboard
->Vwindow_system
= intern ("x");
10117 if (!EQ (XSYMBOL (Qvendor_specific_keysyms
)->function
, Qunbound
))
10119 char *vendor
= ServerVendor (dpy
);
10120 /* Temporarily hide the partially initialized terminal */
10121 terminal_list
= terminal
->next_terminal
;
10123 terminal
->kboard
->Vsystem_key_alist
10124 = call1 (Qvendor_specific_keysyms
,
10125 vendor
? build_string (vendor
) : empty_unibyte_string
);
10127 terminal
->next_terminal
= terminal_list
;
10128 terminal_list
= terminal
;
10131 terminal
->kboard
->next_kboard
= all_kboards
;
10132 all_kboards
= terminal
->kboard
;
10133 /* Don't let the initial kboard remain current longer than necessary.
10134 That would cause problems if a file loaded on startup tries to
10135 prompt in the mini-buffer. */
10136 if (current_kboard
== initial_kboard
)
10137 current_kboard
= terminal
->kboard
;
10139 terminal
->kboard
->reference_count
++;
10142 /* Put this display on the chain. */
10143 dpyinfo
->next
= x_display_list
;
10144 x_display_list
= dpyinfo
;
10146 /* Put it on x_display_name_list as well, to keep them parallel. */
10147 x_display_name_list
= Fcons (Fcons (display_name
, Qnil
),
10148 x_display_name_list
);
10149 dpyinfo
->name_list_element
= XCAR (x_display_name_list
);
10151 dpyinfo
->display
= dpy
;
10153 /* Set the name of the terminal. */
10154 terminal
->name
= (char *) xmalloc (SBYTES (display_name
) + 1);
10155 strncpy (terminal
->name
, SDATA (display_name
), SBYTES (display_name
));
10156 terminal
->name
[SBYTES (display_name
)] = 0;
10159 XSetAfterFunction (x_current_display
, x_trace_wire
);
10163 = (char *) xmalloc (SBYTES (Vinvocation_name
)
10164 + SBYTES (Vsystem_name
)
10166 sprintf (dpyinfo
->x_id_name
, "%s@%s",
10167 SDATA (Vinvocation_name
), SDATA (Vsystem_name
));
10169 /* Figure out which modifier bits mean what. */
10170 x_find_modifier_meanings (dpyinfo
);
10172 /* Get the scroll bar cursor. */
10174 /* We must create a GTK cursor, it is required for GTK widgets. */
10175 dpyinfo
->xg_cursor
= xg_create_default_cursor (dpyinfo
->display
);
10176 #endif /* USE_GTK */
10178 dpyinfo
->vertical_scroll_bar_cursor
10179 = XCreateFontCursor (dpyinfo
->display
, XC_sb_v_double_arrow
);
10181 xrdb
= x_load_resources (dpyinfo
->display
, xrm_option
,
10182 resource_name
, EMACS_CLASS
);
10183 #ifdef HAVE_XRMSETDATABASE
10184 XrmSetDatabase (dpyinfo
->display
, xrdb
);
10186 dpyinfo
->display
->db
= xrdb
;
10188 /* Put the rdb where we can find it in a way that works on
10190 dpyinfo
->xrdb
= xrdb
;
10192 dpyinfo
->screen
= ScreenOfDisplay (dpyinfo
->display
,
10193 DefaultScreen (dpyinfo
->display
));
10194 select_visual (dpyinfo
);
10195 dpyinfo
->cmap
= DefaultColormapOfScreen (dpyinfo
->screen
);
10196 dpyinfo
->height
= HeightOfScreen (dpyinfo
->screen
);
10197 dpyinfo
->width
= WidthOfScreen (dpyinfo
->screen
);
10198 dpyinfo
->root_window
= RootWindowOfScreen (dpyinfo
->screen
);
10199 dpyinfo
->client_leader_window
= 0;
10200 dpyinfo
->grabbed
= 0;
10201 dpyinfo
->reference_count
= 0;
10202 dpyinfo
->icon_bitmap_id
= -1;
10203 dpyinfo
->n_fonts
= 0;
10204 dpyinfo
->bitmaps
= 0;
10205 dpyinfo
->bitmaps_size
= 0;
10206 dpyinfo
->bitmaps_last
= 0;
10207 dpyinfo
->scratch_cursor_gc
= 0;
10208 dpyinfo
->mouse_face_mouse_frame
= 0;
10209 dpyinfo
->mouse_face_deferred_gc
= 0;
10210 dpyinfo
->mouse_face_beg_row
= dpyinfo
->mouse_face_beg_col
= -1;
10211 dpyinfo
->mouse_face_end_row
= dpyinfo
->mouse_face_end_col
= -1;
10212 dpyinfo
->mouse_face_face_id
= DEFAULT_FACE_ID
;
10213 dpyinfo
->mouse_face_window
= Qnil
;
10214 dpyinfo
->mouse_face_overlay
= Qnil
;
10215 dpyinfo
->mouse_face_mouse_x
= dpyinfo
->mouse_face_mouse_y
= 0;
10216 dpyinfo
->mouse_face_defer
= 0;
10217 dpyinfo
->mouse_face_hidden
= 0;
10218 dpyinfo
->x_focus_frame
= 0;
10219 dpyinfo
->x_focus_event_frame
= 0;
10220 dpyinfo
->x_highlight_frame
= 0;
10221 dpyinfo
->terminal
->image_cache
= make_image_cache ();
10222 dpyinfo
->wm_type
= X_WMTYPE_UNKNOWN
;
10224 /* See if we can construct pixel values from RGB values. */
10225 dpyinfo
->red_bits
= dpyinfo
->blue_bits
= dpyinfo
->green_bits
= 0;
10226 dpyinfo
->red_offset
= dpyinfo
->blue_offset
= dpyinfo
->green_offset
= 0;
10228 if (dpyinfo
->visual
->class == TrueColor
)
10230 get_bits_and_offset (dpyinfo
->visual
->red_mask
,
10231 &dpyinfo
->red_bits
, &dpyinfo
->red_offset
);
10232 get_bits_and_offset (dpyinfo
->visual
->blue_mask
,
10233 &dpyinfo
->blue_bits
, &dpyinfo
->blue_offset
);
10234 get_bits_and_offset (dpyinfo
->visual
->green_mask
,
10235 &dpyinfo
->green_bits
, &dpyinfo
->green_offset
);
10238 /* See if a private colormap is requested. */
10239 if (dpyinfo
->visual
== DefaultVisualOfScreen (dpyinfo
->screen
))
10241 if (dpyinfo
->visual
->class == PseudoColor
)
10244 value
= display_x_get_resource (dpyinfo
,
10245 build_string ("privateColormap"),
10246 build_string ("PrivateColormap"),
10248 if (STRINGP (value
)
10249 && (!strcmp (SDATA (value
), "true")
10250 || !strcmp (SDATA (value
), "on")))
10251 dpyinfo
->cmap
= XCopyColormapAndFree (dpyinfo
->display
, dpyinfo
->cmap
);
10255 dpyinfo
->cmap
= XCreateColormap (dpyinfo
->display
, dpyinfo
->root_window
,
10256 dpyinfo
->visual
, AllocNone
);
10259 int screen_number
= XScreenNumberOfScreen (dpyinfo
->screen
);
10260 double pixels
= DisplayHeight (dpyinfo
->display
, screen_number
);
10261 double mm
= DisplayHeightMM (dpyinfo
->display
, screen_number
);
10262 /* Mac OS X 10.3's Xserver sometimes reports 0.0mm. */
10263 dpyinfo
->resy
= (mm
< 1) ? 100 : pixels
* 25.4 / mm
;
10264 pixels
= DisplayWidth (dpyinfo
->display
, screen_number
);
10265 mm
= DisplayWidthMM (dpyinfo
->display
, screen_number
);
10266 /* Mac OS X 10.3's Xserver sometimes reports 0.0mm. */
10267 dpyinfo
->resx
= (mm
< 1) ? 100 : pixels
* 25.4 / mm
;
10270 dpyinfo
->Xatom_wm_protocols
10271 = XInternAtom (dpyinfo
->display
, "WM_PROTOCOLS", False
);
10272 dpyinfo
->Xatom_wm_take_focus
10273 = XInternAtom (dpyinfo
->display
, "WM_TAKE_FOCUS", False
);
10274 dpyinfo
->Xatom_wm_save_yourself
10275 = XInternAtom (dpyinfo
->display
, "WM_SAVE_YOURSELF", False
);
10276 dpyinfo
->Xatom_wm_delete_window
10277 = XInternAtom (dpyinfo
->display
, "WM_DELETE_WINDOW", False
);
10278 dpyinfo
->Xatom_wm_change_state
10279 = XInternAtom (dpyinfo
->display
, "WM_CHANGE_STATE", False
);
10280 dpyinfo
->Xatom_wm_configure_denied
10281 = XInternAtom (dpyinfo
->display
, "WM_CONFIGURE_DENIED", False
);
10282 dpyinfo
->Xatom_wm_window_moved
10283 = XInternAtom (dpyinfo
->display
, "WM_MOVED", False
);
10284 dpyinfo
->Xatom_wm_client_leader
10285 = XInternAtom (dpyinfo
->display
, "WM_CLIENT_LEADER", False
);
10286 dpyinfo
->Xatom_editres
10287 = XInternAtom (dpyinfo
->display
, "Editres", False
);
10288 dpyinfo
->Xatom_CLIPBOARD
10289 = XInternAtom (dpyinfo
->display
, "CLIPBOARD", False
);
10290 dpyinfo
->Xatom_TIMESTAMP
10291 = XInternAtom (dpyinfo
->display
, "TIMESTAMP", False
);
10292 dpyinfo
->Xatom_TEXT
10293 = XInternAtom (dpyinfo
->display
, "TEXT", False
);
10294 dpyinfo
->Xatom_COMPOUND_TEXT
10295 = XInternAtom (dpyinfo
->display
, "COMPOUND_TEXT", False
);
10296 dpyinfo
->Xatom_UTF8_STRING
10297 = XInternAtom (dpyinfo
->display
, "UTF8_STRING", False
);
10298 dpyinfo
->Xatom_DELETE
10299 = XInternAtom (dpyinfo
->display
, "DELETE", False
);
10300 dpyinfo
->Xatom_MULTIPLE
10301 = XInternAtom (dpyinfo
->display
, "MULTIPLE", False
);
10302 dpyinfo
->Xatom_INCR
10303 = XInternAtom (dpyinfo
->display
, "INCR", False
);
10304 dpyinfo
->Xatom_EMACS_TMP
10305 = XInternAtom (dpyinfo
->display
, "_EMACS_TMP_", False
);
10306 dpyinfo
->Xatom_TARGETS
10307 = XInternAtom (dpyinfo
->display
, "TARGETS", False
);
10308 dpyinfo
->Xatom_NULL
10309 = XInternAtom (dpyinfo
->display
, "NULL", False
);
10310 dpyinfo
->Xatom_ATOM_PAIR
10311 = XInternAtom (dpyinfo
->display
, "ATOM_PAIR", False
);
10312 /* For properties of font. */
10313 dpyinfo
->Xatom_PIXEL_SIZE
10314 = XInternAtom (dpyinfo
->display
, "PIXEL_SIZE", False
);
10315 dpyinfo
->Xatom_AVERAGE_WIDTH
10316 = XInternAtom (dpyinfo
->display
, "AVERAGE_WIDTH", False
);
10317 dpyinfo
->Xatom_MULE_BASELINE_OFFSET
10318 = XInternAtom (dpyinfo
->display
, "_MULE_BASELINE_OFFSET", False
);
10319 dpyinfo
->Xatom_MULE_RELATIVE_COMPOSE
10320 = XInternAtom (dpyinfo
->display
, "_MULE_RELATIVE_COMPOSE", False
);
10321 dpyinfo
->Xatom_MULE_DEFAULT_ASCENT
10322 = XInternAtom (dpyinfo
->display
, "_MULE_DEFAULT_ASCENT", False
);
10324 /* Ghostscript support. */
10325 dpyinfo
->Xatom_PAGE
= XInternAtom (dpyinfo
->display
, "PAGE", False
);
10326 dpyinfo
->Xatom_DONE
= XInternAtom (dpyinfo
->display
, "DONE", False
);
10328 dpyinfo
->Xatom_Scrollbar
= XInternAtom (dpyinfo
->display
, "SCROLLBAR",
10331 dpyinfo
->Xatom_XEMBED
= XInternAtom (dpyinfo
->display
, "_XEMBED",
10334 dpyinfo
->cut_buffers_initialized
= 0;
10336 dpyinfo
->x_dnd_atoms_size
= 8;
10337 dpyinfo
->x_dnd_atoms_length
= 0;
10338 dpyinfo
->x_dnd_atoms
= xmalloc (sizeof (*dpyinfo
->x_dnd_atoms
)
10339 * dpyinfo
->x_dnd_atoms_size
);
10341 dpyinfo
->net_supported_atoms
= NULL
;
10342 dpyinfo
->nr_net_supported_atoms
= 0;
10343 dpyinfo
->net_supported_window
= 0;
10345 connection
= ConnectionNumber (dpyinfo
->display
);
10346 dpyinfo
->connection
= connection
;
10351 null_bits
[0] = 0x00;
10353 dpyinfo
->null_pixel
10354 = XCreatePixmapFromBitmapData (dpyinfo
->display
, dpyinfo
->root_window
,
10355 null_bits
, 1, 1, (long) 0, (long) 0,
10360 extern int gray_bitmap_width
, gray_bitmap_height
;
10361 extern char *gray_bitmap_bits
;
10363 = XCreatePixmapFromBitmapData (dpyinfo
->display
, dpyinfo
->root_window
,
10365 gray_bitmap_width
, gray_bitmap_height
,
10366 (unsigned long) 1, (unsigned long) 0, 1);
10370 xim_initialize (dpyinfo
, resource_name
);
10373 #ifdef subprocesses
10374 /* This is only needed for distinguishing keyboard and process input. */
10375 if (connection
!= 0)
10376 add_keyboard_wait_descriptor (connection
);
10380 fcntl (connection
, F_SETOWN
, getpid ());
10381 #endif /* ! defined (F_SETOWN) */
10384 if (interrupt_input
)
10385 init_sigio (connection
);
10386 #endif /* ! defined (SIGIO) */
10390 Display
*dpy
= dpyinfo
->display
;
10391 XrmValue d
, fr
, to
;
10394 d
.addr
= (XPointer
)&dpy
;
10395 d
.size
= sizeof (Display
*);
10396 fr
.addr
= XtDefaultFont
;
10397 fr
.size
= sizeof (XtDefaultFont
);
10398 to
.size
= sizeof (Font
*);
10399 to
.addr
= (XPointer
)&font
;
10400 x_catch_errors (dpy
);
10401 if (!XtCallConverter (dpy
, XtCvtStringToFont
, &d
, 1, &fr
, &to
, NULL
))
10403 if (x_had_errors_p (dpy
) || !XQueryFont (dpy
, font
))
10404 XrmPutLineResource (&xrdb
, "Emacs.dialog.*.font: 9x15");
10405 x_uncatch_errors ();
10409 /* See if we should run in synchronous mode. This is useful
10410 for debugging X code. */
10413 value
= display_x_get_resource (dpyinfo
,
10414 build_string ("synchronous"),
10415 build_string ("Synchronous"),
10417 if (STRINGP (value
)
10418 && (!strcmp (SDATA (value
), "true")
10419 || !strcmp (SDATA (value
), "on")))
10420 XSynchronize (dpyinfo
->display
, True
);
10425 value
= display_x_get_resource (dpyinfo
,
10426 build_string ("useXIM"),
10427 build_string ("UseXIM"),
10430 if (STRINGP (value
)
10431 && (!strcmp (SDATA (value
), "false")
10432 || !strcmp (SDATA (value
), "off")))
10435 if (STRINGP (value
)
10436 && (!strcmp (SDATA (value
), "true")
10437 || !strcmp (SDATA (value
), "on")))
10443 /* Only do this for the very first display in the Emacs session.
10444 Ignore X session management when Emacs was first started on a
10446 if (terminal
->id
== 1)
10447 x_session_initialize (dpyinfo
);
10455 /* Get rid of display DPYINFO, deleting all frames on it,
10456 and without sending any more commands to the X server. */
10459 x_delete_display (dpyinfo
)
10460 struct x_display_info
*dpyinfo
;
10463 struct terminal
*t
;
10465 /* Close all frames and delete the generic struct terminal for this
10467 for (t
= terminal_list
; t
; t
= t
->next_terminal
)
10468 if (t
->type
== output_x_window
&& t
->display_info
.x
== dpyinfo
)
10471 /* Close X session management when we close its display. */
10472 if (t
->id
== 1 && x_session_have_connection ())
10475 delete_terminal (t
);
10479 delete_keyboard_wait_descriptor (dpyinfo
->connection
);
10481 /* Discard this display from x_display_name_list and x_display_list.
10482 We can't use Fdelq because that can quit. */
10483 if (! NILP (x_display_name_list
)
10484 && EQ (XCAR (x_display_name_list
), dpyinfo
->name_list_element
))
10485 x_display_name_list
= XCDR (x_display_name_list
);
10490 tail
= x_display_name_list
;
10491 while (CONSP (tail
) && CONSP (XCDR (tail
)))
10493 if (EQ (XCAR (XCDR (tail
)), dpyinfo
->name_list_element
))
10495 XSETCDR (tail
, XCDR (XCDR (tail
)));
10498 tail
= XCDR (tail
);
10502 if (next_noop_dpyinfo
== dpyinfo
)
10503 next_noop_dpyinfo
= dpyinfo
->next
;
10505 if (x_display_list
== dpyinfo
)
10506 x_display_list
= dpyinfo
->next
;
10509 struct x_display_info
*tail
;
10511 for (tail
= x_display_list
; tail
; tail
= tail
->next
)
10512 if (tail
->next
== dpyinfo
)
10513 tail
->next
= tail
->next
->next
;
10516 /* Xt and GTK do this themselves. */
10517 #if ! defined (USE_X_TOOLKIT) && ! defined (USE_GTK)
10518 #ifndef AIX /* On AIX, XCloseDisplay calls this. */
10519 XrmDestroyDatabase (dpyinfo
->xrdb
);
10524 xim_close_dpy (dpyinfo
);
10527 xfree (dpyinfo
->x_id_name
);
10528 xfree (dpyinfo
->color_cells
);
10532 #ifdef USE_X_TOOLKIT
10534 /* Atimer callback function for TIMER. Called every 0.1s to process
10535 Xt timeouts, if needed. We must avoid calling XtAppPending as
10536 much as possible because that function does an implicit XFlush
10537 that slows us down. */
10540 x_process_timeouts (timer
)
10541 struct atimer
*timer
;
10544 x_timeout_atimer_activated_flag
= 0;
10545 if (toolkit_scroll_bar_interaction
|| popup_activated ())
10547 while (XtAppPending (Xt_app_con
) & XtIMTimer
)
10548 XtAppProcessEvent (Xt_app_con
, XtIMTimer
);
10549 /* Reactivate the atimer for next time. */
10550 x_activate_timeout_atimer ();
10555 /* Install an asynchronous timer that processes Xt timeout events
10556 every 0.1s as long as either `toolkit_scroll_bar_interaction' or
10557 `popup_activated_flag' (in xmenu.c) is set. Make sure to call this
10558 function whenever these variables are set. This is necessary
10559 because some widget sets use timeouts internally, for example the
10560 LessTif menu bar, or the Xaw3d scroll bar. When Xt timeouts aren't
10561 processed, these widgets don't behave normally. */
10564 x_activate_timeout_atimer ()
10567 if (!x_timeout_atimer_activated_flag
)
10569 EMACS_TIME interval
;
10571 EMACS_SET_SECS_USECS (interval
, 0, 100000);
10572 start_atimer (ATIMER_RELATIVE
, interval
, x_process_timeouts
, 0);
10573 x_timeout_atimer_activated_flag
= 1;
10578 #endif /* USE_X_TOOLKIT */
10581 /* Set up use of X before we make the first connection. */
10583 extern frame_parm_handler x_frame_parm_handlers
[];
10585 static struct redisplay_interface x_redisplay_interface
=
10587 x_frame_parm_handlers
,
10591 x_clear_end_of_line
,
10593 x_after_update_window_line
,
10594 x_update_window_begin
,
10595 x_update_window_end
,
10601 0, /* flush_display_optional */
10603 x_clear_window_mouse_face
,
10604 x_get_glyph_overhangs
,
10605 x_fix_overlapping_area
,
10606 x_draw_fringe_bitmap
,
10607 0, /* define_fringe_bitmap */
10608 0, /* destroy_fringe_bitmap */
10609 x_compute_glyph_string_overhangs
,
10610 x_draw_glyph_string
,
10611 x_define_frame_cursor
,
10612 x_clear_frame_area
,
10613 x_draw_window_cursor
,
10614 x_draw_vertical_window_border
,
10615 x_shift_glyphs_for_insert
10619 /* This function is called when the last frame on a display is deleted. */
10621 x_delete_terminal (struct terminal
*terminal
)
10623 struct x_display_info
*dpyinfo
= terminal
->display_info
.x
;
10626 /* Protect against recursive calls. Fdelete_frame in
10627 delete_terminal calls us back when it deletes our last frame. */
10628 if (!terminal
->name
)
10632 /* If called from x_connection_closed, the display may already be closed
10633 and dpyinfo->display was set to 0 to indicate that. */
10634 if (dpyinfo
->display
)
10636 x_destroy_all_bitmaps (dpyinfo
);
10637 XSetCloseDownMode (dpyinfo
->display
, DestroyAll
);
10640 xg_display_close (dpyinfo
->display
);
10642 #ifdef USE_X_TOOLKIT
10643 XtCloseDisplay (dpyinfo
->display
);
10645 XCloseDisplay (dpyinfo
->display
);
10647 #endif /* ! USE_GTK */
10650 x_delete_display (dpyinfo
);
10654 /* Create a struct terminal, initialize it with the X11 specific
10655 functions and make DISPLAY->TERMINAL point to it. */
10657 static struct terminal
*
10658 x_create_terminal (struct x_display_info
*dpyinfo
)
10660 struct terminal
*terminal
;
10662 terminal
= create_terminal ();
10664 terminal
->type
= output_x_window
;
10665 terminal
->display_info
.x
= dpyinfo
;
10666 dpyinfo
->terminal
= terminal
;
10668 /* kboard is initialized in x_term_init. */
10670 terminal
->clear_frame_hook
= x_clear_frame
;
10671 terminal
->ins_del_lines_hook
= x_ins_del_lines
;
10672 terminal
->delete_glyphs_hook
= x_delete_glyphs
;
10673 terminal
->ring_bell_hook
= XTring_bell
;
10674 terminal
->reset_terminal_modes_hook
= XTreset_terminal_modes
;
10675 terminal
->set_terminal_modes_hook
= XTset_terminal_modes
;
10676 terminal
->update_begin_hook
= x_update_begin
;
10677 terminal
->update_end_hook
= x_update_end
;
10678 terminal
->set_terminal_window_hook
= XTset_terminal_window
;
10679 terminal
->read_socket_hook
= XTread_socket
;
10680 terminal
->frame_up_to_date_hook
= XTframe_up_to_date
;
10681 terminal
->mouse_position_hook
= XTmouse_position
;
10682 terminal
->frame_rehighlight_hook
= XTframe_rehighlight
;
10683 terminal
->frame_raise_lower_hook
= XTframe_raise_lower
;
10684 terminal
->fullscreen_hook
= XTfullscreen_hook
;
10685 terminal
->set_vertical_scroll_bar_hook
= XTset_vertical_scroll_bar
;
10686 terminal
->condemn_scroll_bars_hook
= XTcondemn_scroll_bars
;
10687 terminal
->redeem_scroll_bar_hook
= XTredeem_scroll_bar
;
10688 terminal
->judge_scroll_bars_hook
= XTjudge_scroll_bars
;
10690 terminal
->delete_frame_hook
= x_destroy_window
;
10691 terminal
->delete_terminal_hook
= x_delete_terminal
;
10693 terminal
->rif
= &x_redisplay_interface
;
10694 terminal
->scroll_region_ok
= 1; /* We'll scroll partial frames. */
10695 terminal
->char_ins_del_ok
= 1;
10696 terminal
->line_ins_del_ok
= 1; /* We'll just blt 'em. */
10697 terminal
->fast_clear_end_of_line
= 1; /* X does this well. */
10698 terminal
->memory_below_frame
= 0; /* We don't remember what scrolls
10710 last_tool_bar_item
= -1;
10711 any_help_event_p
= 0;
10712 ignore_next_mouse_click_timeout
= 0;
10714 x_session_initialized
= 0;
10718 current_count
= -1;
10721 /* Try to use interrupt input; if we can't, then start polling. */
10722 Fset_input_interrupt_mode (Qt
);
10724 #ifdef USE_X_TOOLKIT
10725 XtToolkitInitialize ();
10727 Xt_app_con
= XtCreateApplicationContext ();
10729 /* Register a converter from strings to pixels, which uses
10730 Emacs' color allocation infrastructure. */
10731 XtAppSetTypeConverter (Xt_app_con
,
10732 XtRString
, XtRPixel
, cvt_string_to_pixel
,
10733 cvt_string_to_pixel_args
,
10734 XtNumber (cvt_string_to_pixel_args
),
10735 XtCacheByDisplay
, cvt_pixel_dtor
);
10737 XtAppSetFallbackResources (Xt_app_con
, Xt_default_resources
);
10740 #ifdef USE_TOOLKIT_SCROLL_BARS
10742 xaw3d_arrow_scroll
= False
;
10743 xaw3d_pick_top
= True
;
10747 /* Note that there is no real way portable across R3/R4 to get the
10748 original error handler. */
10749 XSetErrorHandler (x_error_handler
);
10750 XSetIOErrorHandler (x_io_error_quitter
);
10752 /* Disable Window Change signals; they are handled by X events. */
10753 #if 0 /* Don't. We may want to open tty frames later. */
10755 signal (SIGWINCH
, SIG_DFL
);
10756 #endif /* SIGWINCH */
10759 signal (SIGPIPE
, x_connection_signal
);
10766 x_error_message
= NULL
;
10768 staticpro (&x_display_name_list
);
10769 x_display_name_list
= Qnil
;
10771 staticpro (&last_mouse_scroll_bar
);
10772 last_mouse_scroll_bar
= Qnil
;
10774 staticpro (&Qvendor_specific_keysyms
);
10775 Qvendor_specific_keysyms
= intern ("vendor-specific-keysyms");
10777 staticpro (&Qlatin_1
);
10778 Qlatin_1
= intern ("latin-1");
10780 staticpro (&last_mouse_press_frame
);
10781 last_mouse_press_frame
= Qnil
;
10783 DEFVAR_BOOL ("x-use-underline-position-properties",
10784 &x_use_underline_position_properties
,
10785 doc
: /* *Non-nil means make use of UNDERLINE_POSITION font properties.
10786 A value of nil means ignore them. If you encounter fonts with bogus
10787 UNDERLINE_POSITION font properties, for example 7x13 on XFree prior
10788 to 4.1, set this to nil. You can also use `underline-minimum-offset'
10789 to override the font's UNDERLINE_POSITION for small font display
10791 x_use_underline_position_properties
= 1;
10793 DEFVAR_BOOL ("x-underline-at-descent-line",
10794 &x_underline_at_descent_line
,
10795 doc
: /* *Non-nil means to draw the underline at the same place as the descent line.
10796 A value of nil means to draw the underline according to the value of the
10797 variable `x-use-underline-position-properties', which is usually at the
10798 baseline level. The default value is nil. */);
10799 x_underline_at_descent_line
= 0;
10801 DEFVAR_BOOL ("x-mouse-click-focus-ignore-position",
10802 &x_mouse_click_focus_ignore_position
,
10803 doc
: /* Non-nil means that a mouse click to focus a frame does not move point.
10804 This variable is only used when the window manager requires that you
10805 click on a frame to select it (give it focus). In that case, a value
10806 of nil, means that the selected window and cursor position changes to
10807 reflect the mouse click position, while a non-nil value means that the
10808 selected window or cursor position is preserved. */);
10809 x_mouse_click_focus_ignore_position
= 0;
10811 DEFVAR_LISP ("x-toolkit-scroll-bars", &Vx_toolkit_scroll_bars
,
10812 doc
: /* What X toolkit scroll bars Emacs uses.
10813 A value of nil means Emacs doesn't use X toolkit scroll bars.
10814 Otherwise, value is a symbol describing the X toolkit. */);
10815 #ifdef USE_TOOLKIT_SCROLL_BARS
10817 Vx_toolkit_scroll_bars
= intern ("motif");
10818 #elif defined HAVE_XAW3D
10819 Vx_toolkit_scroll_bars
= intern ("xaw3d");
10821 Vx_toolkit_scroll_bars
= intern ("gtk");
10823 Vx_toolkit_scroll_bars
= intern ("xaw");
10826 Vx_toolkit_scroll_bars
= Qnil
;
10829 staticpro (&last_mouse_motion_frame
);
10830 last_mouse_motion_frame
= Qnil
;
10832 Qmodifier_value
= intern ("modifier-value");
10833 Qalt
= intern ("alt");
10834 Fput (Qalt
, Qmodifier_value
, make_number (alt_modifier
));
10835 Qhyper
= intern ("hyper");
10836 Fput (Qhyper
, Qmodifier_value
, make_number (hyper_modifier
));
10837 Qmeta
= intern ("meta");
10838 Fput (Qmeta
, Qmodifier_value
, make_number (meta_modifier
));
10839 Qsuper
= intern ("super");
10840 Fput (Qsuper
, Qmodifier_value
, make_number (super_modifier
));
10842 DEFVAR_LISP ("x-alt-keysym", &Vx_alt_keysym
,
10843 doc
: /* Which keys Emacs uses for the alt modifier.
10844 This should be one of the symbols `alt', `hyper', `meta', `super'.
10845 For example, `alt' means use the Alt_L and Alt_R keysyms. The default
10846 is nil, which is the same as `alt'. */);
10847 Vx_alt_keysym
= Qnil
;
10849 DEFVAR_LISP ("x-hyper-keysym", &Vx_hyper_keysym
,
10850 doc
: /* Which keys Emacs uses for the hyper modifier.
10851 This should be one of the symbols `alt', `hyper', `meta', `super'.
10852 For example, `hyper' means use the Hyper_L and Hyper_R keysyms. The
10853 default is nil, which is the same as `hyper'. */);
10854 Vx_hyper_keysym
= Qnil
;
10856 DEFVAR_LISP ("x-meta-keysym", &Vx_meta_keysym
,
10857 doc
: /* Which keys Emacs uses for the meta modifier.
10858 This should be one of the symbols `alt', `hyper', `meta', `super'.
10859 For example, `meta' means use the Meta_L and Meta_R keysyms. The
10860 default is nil, which is the same as `meta'. */);
10861 Vx_meta_keysym
= Qnil
;
10863 DEFVAR_LISP ("x-super-keysym", &Vx_super_keysym
,
10864 doc
: /* Which keys Emacs uses for the super modifier.
10865 This should be one of the symbols `alt', `hyper', `meta', `super'.
10866 For example, `super' means use the Super_L and Super_R keysyms. The
10867 default is nil, which is the same as `super'. */);
10868 Vx_super_keysym
= Qnil
;
10870 DEFVAR_LISP ("x-keysym-table", &Vx_keysym_table
,
10871 doc
: /* Hash table of character codes indexed by X keysym codes. */);
10872 Vx_keysym_table
= make_hash_table (Qeql
, make_number (900),
10873 make_float (DEFAULT_REHASH_SIZE
),
10874 make_float (DEFAULT_REHASH_THRESHOLD
),
10878 #endif /* HAVE_X_WINDOWS */
10880 /* arch-tag: 6d4e4cb7-abc1-4302-9585-d84dcfb09d0f
10881 (do not change this comment) */